Skip to main content

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

See other formats


Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://archive.org/details/armstrong7576arms 







y 



i 





<S 




Catalogue and General Bulletin 

ARMSTRONG STATE 
COLLEGE 

Savannah, Georgia 
1975-1976 



Armstrong State College is in compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights 
Act and does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, creed, or national 
origin. 



A Four-Year College in the 
University System of Georgia 



ARMSTRONG STATE 
COLLEGE 



SUMMER FALL WINTER SPRING 



1975-1976 



Volume XXXX Number 1 5 



Membership in 

Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 
Association of Georgia Colleges 

American Association for Colleges of 
Teacher Education 



• 


CALENDAR FOR 1975 


• 


JANUARY 
S M T W T F S 


APRIL 
S M T W T F S 


JULY 

S M T W T F S 


OCTOBER 

S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 1011 
12131415161718 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 1011 12 
13141516171819 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 1011 12 
13141516171819 
20 2122 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 1011 
12131415161718 
19 20 2122 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 1011 12131415 
1617 1819 20 2122 
23 24 25 26 27 28 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 121314151617 
1819 20 2122 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
1011 1213141516 
17 1819 20 2122 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 1011 12131415 
1617 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


MARCH 

1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 1011 12131415 
1617181920 2122 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


JUNE 
12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 1011 121314 
151617181920 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


SEPTEMBER 
12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 1011 1213 
14151617181920 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 


DECEMBER 
12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 1011 1213 
14151617181920 
2122 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 



• 


CALENDAR FOR 1976 


• 


JANUARY 
S M T W T F S 
1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 121314151617 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


APRIL 
S M T W T F S 
1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 121314151617 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 


JULY 
S M T W T F S 

1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 121314151617 
1819 20 2122 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


OCTOBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 1213141516 
17181920 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


FEBRUARY 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 1011 121314 
15 1617^81920 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 


MAY 

1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 1011 12131415 
1617181920 2122 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


AUGUST 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 
6 9 1011 121314 
15 1617181920 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 


NOVEMBER 
1 2 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 1011 1213 
14151617181920 
2122 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 


MARCH 
12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 1011 1213 
14151617181920 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 


JUNE 

12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 1011 12 
13 141516171819 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 


SEPTEMBER 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 1011 
12131415161718 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 


DECEMBER 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 1011 
12131415161718 
19 20 2122 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 



CONTENTS 

CALENDAR 

I. GOVERNING BOARD, ADMINISTRATION & 
FACULTY 

Members of the Board of Regents 

Staff of the Board of Regents 

Officers of Administration 

Heads of Departments 

Administrative Staff 

The Faculty 

Armstrong College Commission 

II. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 

History of the College 

Purpose 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Two-Year Degrees 

Four-Year Degrees 

Graduate Programs 

Internship Programs 

Refunds 

Office of College and Community Services 

Neighborhood Continuing Education 

Center 
Office of Development 
Office of Computer Services 
Academic Skills Laboratory 

Student Exchange Program with Savannah State College 
NROTC Program 
Marine Officer Programs 
Library 
III. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 
General Information 
Requirements for Freshman Applicants 
Conditional Admission 

Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination 
Requirements for Transfer Applicants 
Continuing Education Students 
Readmission of Former Students 
Transient Students 

k Armstrong State College/High School Accelerated Program 

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 
Foreign Students 
Admission of Veterans 
Applicants Sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation 
Registration 
Residency Requirements of the Board of Regents 



Admission to: 
Associate in Arts Degree Program in Nursing 
Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Nursing 
Associate in Science Degree Program in Dental Hygiene 

Admission to the Graduate Program 
IV. FEES 

Application Fee 

Matriculation Fee 

Out of State Tuition 

Student Activity Fee 

Health/Service Fee 

Athletic Fee 

Applied Music Fees 

Late Registration Fee 

Change of Schedule Fee 

Graduation Fee 

Transcript Fee 

Summary of Fees 

Privilege Fees 

Refunds 

Short Courses 
V. FINANCIAL AIDS 

Financial Aids 

Application Information 

Categories of Aid 

Federal Assistance 

State Assistance 

Graduate Students 

Government Benefits 
VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

Academic Advisement 

Relating to Degree Requirements 

Course and Study Load 

Classification of Students 

Permission for Overload or Courses at Another College 

Reports and Grades 

Honors 

Attendance 

Physical Education Program 

Academic Probation and Dismissal 

Repeating Courses 

Dropping Courses 

Withdrawing from College 

Auditing 

Regents Examination 

Exit Examinations 

Honor Code 

Graduate Program Regulations 



VII. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 

Counseling Services 
Veterans Services 
Testing Services 
Orientation 
Placement Office 
Conduct 

Student Activities and Organizations 
Student Government 
Student Publications 
Health 

Dental Hygiene Services 
Alumni Office 
Housing 
Athletics 
Intramurals 
Cultural Opportunities 
Armstrong Summer Theatre 
VIII. DEGREE PROGRAMS 

University System Core Curriculum 
Armstrong Core Curriculum 
Diagnostic Tests in English and Mathematics 
State Requirements in History and Government 
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 

the Bachelor of Science Degrees 
Teacher Education Programs 
Business Administration Degree Programs 
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 
Bachelor of Arts in Social Work 
Bachelor of Science in Education (Mathematics and 

Physical Education) 
Bachelor of Music Education 
Nursing Degree Programs 
Dental Hygiene Degree Programs 
Criminal Justice Degree Programs 
Associate in Science in Mental Health Work 
Associate in Arts 
Graduate Programs 
Complete List of Major Programs-Four Year 

and Two Year Degrees, Graduate Degrees 
IX. DEPARTMENTAL COURSE OFFERINGS AND 
REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS 
Academic Skills Laboratory 
Department of Biology 
Department of Business Administration 
Department of Chemistry and Physics 
Department of Criminal Justice 
Department of Dental Hygiene 



Department of Education 

Department of Fine Arts 

Department of History and Political Science 

Department of Languages and Literature 

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department of Nursing 

Department of Physical Education 

Department of Psychology and Sociology 



INDEX 




May 



June 



July 



August 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

1975-1976 
SUMMER QUARTER, 1975 



16. 



30. 



5. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
16. 
17. 
21. 

24. 
2. 

4. 
9. 

14. 

15. 

14-18. 



11 



13. 
13. 



Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 
required in the application for admission by this 
date. 

Transient students (for Summer Quarter only) should 
file all papers required in the application for ad- 
mission by this date. 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 
Registration and Regents Examination. 
Classes Begin. 

Last day to register for credit. 
Last day to enroll in any class. 
Regents Examination. 

History and Government examinations (application 
deadline, May 30). 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 
Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 
English classes. 
Holiday. 

Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 
Mathematics classes. 
Mid-term reports due. 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 
Pre-advisement for the Fall Quarter. 
Last Day of Classes. 
Examinations. 
Graduation. 



FALL QUARTER, 1975 

August 15. Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 

September 3. Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 

required in the application for admission by this 

date. 
5. Diagnostic examinations for placement in beginning 

English and Mathematics classes. 

15. First Faculty Meeting. Comparative Guidance and 
Placement Examination. 

16. Advisement of sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 
17-18. Registration. 

18. Regents Examination. 

19. Classes begin. 



October 



November 



December 



22, 
23, 
23, 
25, 



22. 

24. 
28. 

27-31. 

3-7. 

27-28. 

1. 

2. 

3-5, 

6, 



Last day to register for credit. 
Last day to enroll in any class. 
Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test. 
Regents Examination. 

History and Government examinations (application 

deadline, September 26). 

Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 

English classes. 

Mid-term reports due. 

Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 

Mathematics classes. 

Pre-advisement for the Winter Quarter. 

Pre-registration for the Winter Quarter. 

Thanksgiving Holidays (Begin at 12:30 P.M. on 

November 26). 

Last day of classes. 

Reading Day. 

Examinations. 

Christmas Vacation begins. 



WINTER QUARTER, 1976 



November 22. Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test. 

December 12. Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 

required in the application for admission by this 
date. 
27. Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 

January 2. Registration. Regents Examination. 

5. Classes begin. 

6. Last day to register for credit. 

7. Last day to enroll in any class. 

8. Regents Examination. 

17. History and Government examinations (application 

deadline, December 19). 
20. Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 
30. Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 

English classes. 

February 3. Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 

Mathematics classes. 
4. Mid-term reports due. 
2-6. Pre-advisement for the Spring Quarter. 
9-13. Pre-registration for the Spring Quarter. 

March 12. Last day of classes. 

15-17. Examinations. 
18-25. Spring recess. 



February 


28. 


March 


8. 




20. 




26. 




29. 




30. 




31. 


April 


1. 




17. 




23. 




26. 



SPRING QUARTER, 1976 

Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test. 
Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 
required in the application for admission by this 
date. 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 
Registration. Regents Examination. 
Classes begin. 

Last day to register for credit. 
Last day to enroll in any class. 
Regents Examination. 

History and Government examinations (application 
deadline, March 26). 
Mid-term reports due. 

Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 
English classes. 
27. Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 
Mathematics classes. 
26-30. Pre-advisement for the Summer Quarter. 
May 3-7. Pre-registration for the Summer Quarter. 

24. Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 
June 4. Last day of classes. 

7-9. Examinations. 
9. Graduation. 

SUMMER QUARTER, 1976 

May 17. Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 

required in the application for admission by this 
date. 
22. Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test. 
3 1 . Transient students (for Summer Quarter only) should 
file all papers required in the application for ad- 
mission by this date. 
June 12. Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 

15. Registration. Regents Examination. 

16. Classes begin. 

17. Last Day to register for credit. 

18. Last day to enroll in any class. 

19. History and Government examinations (application 
deadline, May 28). 

22. Regents Examination. 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 
July 2. Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 

English classes. 

5. Holiday. 

6. Diagnostic examination for placement in beginning 
Mathematics classes. 



August 



8 

5-9 

12-16 

19 

13 

16-18 

18 



Mid-term reports due. 

Pre-advisement for the Fall Quarter. 

Pre-registration for the Fall Quarter. 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination 

Last day of classes. 

Examinations. 

Graduation. 



August 19. 

28. 

September 2. 



October 



16. 

17. 
20. 
22. 
21-22. 
23. 
24. 
27. 
29. 
16. 

25. 



November 


1 
2 




1-5 

8-12 

19 

25-26 


December 


3 

6-8 

9 



FALL QUARTER, 1976 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 

Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test. 

Freshman and transfer students should file all papers 

required in the application for admission by this 

date. 

Diagnostic examinations for placement in beginning 

English and Mathematics classes. 

First Faculty Meeting. 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 

Advisement of sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 

Regents Examination. 

Registration. 

Classes begin. 

Last day to register for credit. 

Last day to enroll in any class. 

Regents Examination. 

History and Government Examinations (application 

deadline, September 24). 

Diagnostic Examination for placement in beginning 

English classes. 

Mid-term reports due. 

Diagnostic Examination for placement in beginning 

Mathematics classes. 

Pre-advisement for the Winter Quarter. 

Pre-registration for the Winter Quarter. 

Comparative Guidance and Placement Examination. 

Thanksgiving Holidays (begin at 12:30 P.M. on 

November 24). 

Last day of classes. 

Examinations. 

Christmas Vacation begins. 



10 



I. GOVERNING BOARD 
ADMINISTRATION FACULTY 



MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

CHARLES A. HARRIS, Chairman Ocilla 

JOHN A. BELL, JR., Vice Chairman Dublin 

JESSE HILL, JR Atlanta 

MILTON JONES Columbus 

JAMES D. MADDOX Rome 

ELRIDGE W. McMILLAN Atlanta 

CHARLES T. OXFORD Albany 

MRS. HUGH PETERSON, SR Ailey 

LAMAR R. PLUNKETT Bowdon 

JOHN R. RICHARDSON Conyers 

JOHN H. ROBINSON, III Americus 

P. R. SMITH Winder 

DAVID H. TISINGER Carrollton 

SAM A. WAY, III Hawkinsville 

CAREY WILLIAMS Greensboro 



STAFF OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS 

GEORGE L. SIMPSON, JR Chancellor 

JOHN O. EIDSON Vice Chancellor 

JOHN W. HOOPER Associate Vice Chancellor 

HENRY G. NEAL Executive Secretary 

SHEALY E. McCOY Vice Chancellor-Fiscal 

Affairs and Treasurer 

FRANK C. DUNHAM Vice Chancellor-Construction 

and Physical Plant 

MARIO J. GOGLIA Vice Chancellor-Research 

JOSEPH C. HAMMOCK Vice Chancellor 

A cadem ic De velopmen t 

HOWARD JORDAN, JR Vice Chancellor-Services 

HARRY B. O'REAR Vice Chancellor-Health Affairs 

JAMES L. CARMON Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Computing Systems 

HASKIN R. POUNDS Assistant Vice Chancellor 

MARY ANN HICKMAN Assistant Vice Chancellor-Personnel 

ROBERT M. JOINER Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Communications 

HARRY H. MURPHY, JR Director of Public Information 

L. HARLAN DAVIS Director, Interinstitutional Programs 

in International Affairs 

11 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

HENRY L. ASHMORE President 

H. DEAN PROPST Dean of the College 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS Associate Dean for Instruction 

and Graduate Studies 

DONALD D. ANDERSON Dean for College and 

Community Services 

JOSEPH A. BUCK Acting Dean for Student Affairs 

JULE R. STANFIELD Comptroller 

JAMES A. EATON Associate Dean for Graduate Studies, 

Savannah State College 
J. STEPHEN WRIGHT. . . Director, Health Professions Education Center 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT Registrar and Director of Admissions 

JAMES O. BAKER Assistant to the President 

and Director of Development 

BILL E. ALEXANDER Athletic Director 

STANLEY ETERSQUE Director, Computer Services 

ARTHUR O. PROSSER Associate Comptroller I 

PATRICIA M. ALLGOOD Personnel Officer I 

D. RAY TRIPP, JR Director of Student Financial Aid I 

H. ALLEN BALDREE Assistant Director of Student Financial Aid I 

LYNN BENSON Counselor and Psychometrist x 

J. PHILLIP COOK Counselor ( 

WILLIAM H. TOFFEY Recruiter 

PARKER F. DAVIS Associate Director of Admissions 

JAMES MAJORS Director of Public Information 

STANLEY WARREN Systems Analyst 

DENNIS PRUITT Director of Student Activities 



HEADS OF DEPARTMENT 

JOHN R. HANSEN Academic Skills Laboratory 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR Biology 

EMORY H. RICHARDS (Acting) Business Administration 

HENRY E. HARRIS Chemistry and Physics 

WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN Criminal Justice 

RICHARD M. STEINKE Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM W. STOKES Education 

J. HARRY PERSSE Fine Arts 

ROGER K. WARLICK History and Political Science 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III Languages and Literature 

GEORGE W. SLOAN Librarian 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE Mathematics and 

Computer Science 

SISTER M. BONA VENTURE OETGEN Nursing 

ROY J. SIMS Physical Education 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON Psychology 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Richard F. Baker Superintendent, Buildings and Grounds 

Edward Urbanz Assistant Superintendent, 

Buildings and Grounds 

Thomas Nease Manager, College Center 

Elizabeth Pound Manager, Bookstore 

Jo Weeks Campus Nurse 

George Bianchi Administraive Assistant to the 

A thletic Director 

Marjorie A. Mosley Alumni Secretary 

Evelyn Harrington Secretary to the President 

Elizabeth H. Carter Secretary to the Dean of the College 

Carolynn R. New Secretary to the Associate Dean 

for Instruction and Graduate Studies 

Vicki G. Norwich Secretary, Office of College 

and Community Services 

Naomi Lantz Secretary to the Dean for Student Affairs 

Gladys Patton Secretary, Business Office 

Lynn H. Harris Secretary to the Director, 

Health Professions Education Center 

Doris Cole Secretary to the Director of 

Student A ctivities 

Eleanor Roan Secretary to the Registrar and Director 

Of Admissions 

Joyce Weldy Secretary to the Registrar for Records 

Helen Schoonover Secretary, Admissions 

Teresa M. Pruitt Secretary, Director of Development 

Mary Ann Findeis Secretary to the Academic Skills 

Laboratory 

Sandra B. Pelkey Secretary to the Department 

of Biology 

Jeanne Maciej Secretary to the Department 

of Business A dministration 

Alma Kessler Secretary to the Department of Chemistry 

and Physics 

Elizabeth P. Molpus Secretary to the Department of 

Criminal Justice 

Faye A. Pingel Secretary to the Department of 

Dental Hygiene 

Frances McGlohon Secretary to the Department of 

Education 

Patricia Prine Secretary to the Department of Fine Arts 

Beverly Wells Secretary to the Department of 

History and Political Science 

Virginia D. Barry Secretary to the Department of 

Languages and Literature 



Rebecka Pattillo Secretary to the Department of 

Mathematics and Computer Science 

Cindy Griffen Secretary to the Department of Nursing 

Gerry Price Secretary to the Department of 

Physical Education 

Lois Rich Secretary to the Department of 

Psychology and Sociology 

Eleanor Suchower Secretary, Off-Campus Social Work 

Center 

Betty Hunnicutt Secretary to the Director of 

Public Information 

Debbie R. Sullivan Secretary, Director of Computer Services 

Linda Douglass Secretary to the Superintendent of 

Buildings and Grounds 

Camille P. Tomat Secretary, Word Processing 

Bobbie Stevens Secretary, Director of Athletics 

Sharan Brown Secretary, Mail and Central Stores 

Vicki Akins Secretary, Veterans Office 

Bonnie Meade Secretary, Director of Student 

Financial Aid 

Susan Thrash Departmental Secretary, Office of 

Student Affairs 
Brenda P. Thornton Secretary, Short Course- 
Conference Records 

Marion Malac Secretary-Transcript Credit Analyst 

Bertis Jones Data Processing 

Harriet Charlotte Data Processing 

Joy Letchworth Receptionist, Registrar 

Nancy McTeer Graduate Records Clerk 

Eurgenia Edwards Library Technician 

Maintenance, Library 

Edith J. Meyer Head, Circulation, Library 

Mae Rushing Library Secretary 

Beatrice Taylor Acquisitions Assistant, Library 

Susie Chirbas Cataloging Assistant, Library 

Jan Bosque Cataloging Assistant, Library 

Hazel P. Thompson Periodicals Assistant, Library 

Launa Q. Johns Accounting Clerk 

Rosemary Anglin Accounting and Insurance Clerk 

Jane Holland Cashier 

John O. Hunnicutt Central Stores and 

Inventory Control Clerk 

Janice Shaloski Machine Operator 

Virginia Cafiero Procurement Clerk 

Dorothy Olson Receptionist, PBX Operator 

Augustus M. Stalnaker Supervisor of Mail 

i. 



THE FACULTY 

JOSEPH V. ADAMS, B.A., Tennessee Temple College; M.A., Baylor 
University; Ph.D., University of Alabama 

Associate Dean for Instruction and Graduate Studies 
Professor of Psychology 

BILL E. ALEXANDER, A.B., Morris Harvey College; M.E., Georgia 

Southern College . ,. . _. 

Athletic Director 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

JOSEPHINE D. ALEXANDER, B.S., M.S.T., Georgia Southern College 
Instructor in Business Administration 

JAMES E. AMBROSE, B.M., Oberlin Conservatory; M.M., University of 

South Florida . __ 

Instructor in Music 

M. LORRAINE ANCHORS, A.B., M.A., Baylor University 

Professor of English 

DONALD D. ANDERSON, B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.A., 
Peabody College; Ed.D., Auburn University 

Dean for College and Community Services 
Associate Professor of Education 

OLAVI ARENS, A.B., Harvard University; M.A., Certificate (Russian 
Studies), Columbia University. 

Assistant Professor of History 

HENRY L. ASHMORE, B.A.E., M.A.E., D.Ed., University of Florida 

President 

JAMES O. BAKER, A.B., Mercer University 

Assistant to the President and Director of Development 
Assistant Professor of Economics 

♦ARDELLA PATRICIA BALL, A.B., Fisk University; M.S.L.S., Atlanta 
University 

Instructional Development Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

ADELINE Z. BARBER, A.B., Tift College; M.R.E., Southern Seminary; 
Ed.D. , University of Georgia 

Associate Professor of Education 

GEORGE H. BEDWELL, B.S., Samford University; M.S., University of 
Alabama 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

is 



W. ORSON BEECHER, A.B., M.A., Emory University; M.A., University 
of Georgia 

Professor of History 

DOROTHY G. BELL, B.S.N. Ed., University of Georgia; M.N., Emory 
University 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
Assistant to the Head of the Department for the B. S. Program 

ALEX D. BELTZ, B.A., M.A., Walla Walla College; B.A. of Ed., 
Western Washington State; Ph.D., Michigan State University 
Associate Professor of Biology 

LYNN BENSON, A.B., M.Ed., University of Georgia 
Counselor and Psychometrist 

SARVAN K. BHATIA, B.A., M.A., Punjah University; Ph.D., Ohio State 
University 

Professo r of Eco nom ics 

NANCY V. BLAND, B.A., Coker College; M.Ed., Clemson University; 
Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

Assistant Professor of Education 

MADALINE P. BONEY, A.B., Winthrop College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College; Ed.S., University of Georgia 

Assistant Professor of History 

STEPHEN P. BRANDON, B.M.E., University of Kansas, Lawrence; 
M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., Catholic University 
Assistant Professor of Music 

JOHNG. BREWER, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Professor of Chemistry 

GLENN F. BRIERCHECK, B.S.,M. A., University of Connecticut 
Assistant Professor of Economics 

S. KENT BROOKS, B.A., M.A., University of Texas; M.Phil., George 
Washington University; Ph.D., George Washington University 
Assistant Professor of English 

MOONYEANS. BROWER, B.S., M. A., University of Massachusetts 
Assistant Professor of Biology 

GEORGE E. BROWN, B.A., Armstrong State College 

Instructor in Social Work 

16 



HUGH R. BROWN, B.S., Xavier University; M.A.T., St. Michael's 
College 

Assistant Professor of English 

(Academic Skills Laboratory) 

JOSEPH A. BUCK, B.A., Auburn University; M.S., Florida State Univer- 
sity 

Acting Dean for Student Affairs 

MARILYN M. BUCK, B.S., Boston University 

Instructor in Nursing 

RUBYEN M. CHAMBLESS, B.B.A., University of Georgia; M.B.A., 
Ohio State University 

Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

CHUN-PING GEORGE CHI, B.S., Fu Jen University; M.A. 
(Mathematics), M.A. (Computer Science), Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Temporary Analyst/Programmer 
Temporary Assistant Professor of Computer Science 

ROSS L. CLARK, B.A., Ph.D., Tulane University 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

BERNARD J. COMASKEY, B.A., Fordham College; M.A., New York 

University 

Assistant Professor of History 

J. PHILLIP COOK, B.S., University of Georgia; M.Ed., West Georgia 
College 

Counselor 

ELLEN A. COTTRELL, B.A., Agnes Scott College; M.Ed., Georgia 
Southern College 

Temporary Instructor in English 
(Academic Skills Laboratory) 

TERESA ANN COURSEY, B.S., West Liberty State College 
Instructor in Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM E. COYLE, A.B., Emory University; M.A., Georgetown 
University; Ph.D., Florida State University 

Professor of Political Science 

**BENNA E. CUNNINGHAM, B.S., University of Evansville; M.S., 
University of Kentucky 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

17 



EVELYN M. DANDY, B.S., Millersville State College; M.Ed., Temple 
University. 

Temporary Assistant Professor of Reading 
(Academic Skills Laboratory) 

LESLIE B. DAVENPORT, JR., B.S., College of Charleston; M.S., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Head, Department of Biology 
Professor of Biology 

*LAMAR W. DAVIS, B.S., M.S., University of South Carolina; Certified 
Public Accountant 

Professor of Business Administration 

WILLIAM R. DeCASTRO, B.S., Florida Southern College; M.B.A., 
University of Oklahoma 

Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

♦ELIZABETH A. DENHAM, A.B., Vanderbilt University; M.S.S.W., 
University of Tennessee 

Instructor in Social Work 

WILLIAM KEITH DOUGLAS, B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; 
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

JOHN DONALD DUNCAN, B.S., College of Charleston; M.A., Univer- 
sity of South Carolina; Ph.D. , Emory University 

Associate Professor of History 

THOMAS R. EASON, B.S., Union University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University 
of Mississippi 

Professor of Economics 

WILLIAM L. EASTERLING, B.S., Western Carolina College; M.A., 
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Georgia; Diploma, Sorbonne, 
France 

Professor of French and Spanish 

JAMES A. EATON, A.B., Virginia State College; B.D., Howard Univer- 
sity; M.A., Boston University; Ed.D., Columbia University 
Associate Dean for Graduate Studies 
Savannah State College 



STANLEY ETERSQUE, B.S., Florida State University; M.A.T., Duke 
University; Ed.D., West Virginia University. 

Director of Computer Services 
Assistant Professor of Computer Science 



18 






JOHN FINDEIS, B.S., M.S., University of Illinois 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 

***MURRAY T. GINSBERG, D.D.S., Emory University 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

MARY B. GOETTE, A.B., Georgia State College for Women 
Teaching Associate in Chemistry 

JIMMIE F. GROSS, B.A., Baylor University; B.D., Southern Baptist 
Seminary; M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Associate Professor of History 

LAURENT J. GUILLOU, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State Univer- 
sity 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

ORANGE W. HALL, B.S., Air Force Institute of Technology; M.B.A., 
Hofstra College; Ph.D., University of Florida 

Professor of Business Administration 

JOHN R. HANSEN, B.S., Troy State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University 
of Georgia 

Head, Academic Skills Laboratory 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 

CLIFFORD E. HARDWICK, III, B.S., Savannah State College; M. Liu., 
University of Pittsburgh 

Director, Neighborhood Continuing Education Program 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education 

HENRY E. HARRIS, B.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
Head, Department of Chemistry and Physics 
Professor of Chemistry 

KARL D. HARRIS, B.A., Carson Newman College; M.A., University of 
Tennessee 

Assistant Professor of English 
and Reading 

(Academic Skills Laboratory) 

***EARL C. HEWITT, D.D.S., University of Maryland; M.P.H., Univer- 
sity of North Carolina 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

JOHN S. HINKEL, M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of 
South Carolina 

Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 



ANNE L. HUDSON, B.A., Hollins College; M.S., Ph.D., Tulane Univer- 
sity 

Professor of Mathematics 

*ALPHIA MILLS HUGHES, B.S.E., State College of Arkansas; M.S., 
Louisiana State University 

Catalog Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

GEORGE S. HUNNICUTT, B.S., M.S., East Tennessee State University 
Registrar and Director of A dmissions 

MARVIN V. JENKINS, B.S., M.A., University of Georgia 
Assistant Professor of English 

ROBERT E. JENSEN, B.A., Atlantic Christian College; M.B.A., East 
Carolina University 

Assistant Professor of Business A dministration 

JAMES LAND JONES, B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A., Vanderbilt 
University; Ph.D., Tulane University 

Professor of English and Philosophy 

***OTIS S. JOHNSON, A.B., University of Georgia; M.S.W., Atlanta 
University 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 
Savannah State College 

**DALE Z. KILHEFNER, B.S., Elizabethtown College; M.S., Purdue 
University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

JOSEPH I. KILLORIN, A.B., St. John's College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia 
University 

Calloway Professor of Literature and Philosophy 

THOMAS M. KINDER, A.B., Morris Harvey College; M.S., Marshall 
University 

Assistant A thletic Director 
Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

VIRGINIA S. KNORR, B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga); 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Knoxville) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

MICHAEL A. LaBURTIS, B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., 
Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., University of Arkansas 
Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

on 






JOSEPH M. LANE, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Associate Professor of Psychology 

OSMOS LANIER, JR., B.A., LaGrange College; M.A., Auburn Univer- 
sity; Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Professor of History 

AUDRY LARRIMORE, B.S. Ed., Georgia Southern College; M.S.W., St. 
Louis University 

Temporary Assistant Professor of Social Work 

MARGARET L. LAWSON, B.A., University of Tennessee; M.A., Ph.D., 

University of North Carolina. 

Assistant Professor of English 

GERARD F. LENTINI, B.S., Castleton Teachers College; M.Ed., Florida 
Atlantic University; Ed.D., University of Georgia 

Associate Professor of Education 

MARGARET S. LUBS, B. Mus., Converse College; B.A., University of 
Georgia; M.A., Columbia University 

Professor of English and French 

JOHN C. MCCARTHY, JR., B.B.A., University of Miami; M.B.A., 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

THOMAS C. McCRACKEN, B.S., Florida State University; M.A.L.S., 
University of Denver 

Temporary Media Coordinator and 

Instructional Development Librarian 

Temporary Assistant Professor of Library Science 

KENNETH P. McKINNELL, B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Georgia 
Assistant Professor of Art 

ROBERT E. MAGNUS, B.G.E., University of Omaha; M.Ed., D.Ed., 
Mississippi State University 

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 

***WILLIAM R. MASSEY, D.D.S., Washington University 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

21 



WILLIAM L. MEGATHLIN, B.A., Presbyterian College; M.Ed., Ed.D., 

University of Georgia 

Head, Department of Criminal Justice 
Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 

ETHEL J. MILLER, B.S., North Carolina A & T State University; 
B.S.L.S., Hampton Institute 

Coordinator of Reader Services 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

MARY M. MILLER, B.S.N. , Medical College of Virginia 

Instructor in Nursing 

ROBERT E. L. MORGAN, B.B.A., M.A., Memphis State University; Cer- 
tified Public Accountant 

Associate Professor of Business A dministration 

RICHARD E. MUNSON, B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers 
University 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

JOSEPH MYDELL, B.F.A., M.F.A., New York University 

Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama and 
A ssistan t Director of the ' 'Masquers ' ' 

PEGGY A. NADALICH, B.M.E., University of Southern Mississippi; 
M.M.E., Florida State University. 

Assistant Professor of Music 

JAMES S. NETHERTON, B.S., University of Mississippi; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Virgina 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

SAMUEL L. NEWBERRY, JR., B.S.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of 

Georgia 

Associate Professor of Education 

JOHN F. NEWMAN, B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Georgetown 
University; Ph.D., University of Florida 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

**DAVID A. NOBLE, A.B., A.M., Boston University; Ph.D., McGill 
University 

Assistant Professor of German 
22 



SR. M. BONAVENTURE OETGEN, B.S.N.E., M.S.N.E., Catholic 
University of America 

Head, Department of Nursing 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

TIMOTHY A. O'HIGGINS, Diploma, B.A., University College, Dublin, 
Ireland 

Temporary Assistant Professor of Psychology 

LOREEN P. OVERSTREET, R.N., Baptist Hospital School of Nursing; 
B.S.N.E., University of Georgia; M.N., Emory University 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

JACK H. PADGETT, A.B., Wofford College; M.A., University of North 
Carolina 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
(Academic Skills Laboratory) 

ELLIOT H. PALEFSKY, B.S., University of Georgia; Ed.M., Temple 
University 

Director, Mental Health Work Program 
Assistant Professor of Mental Health Work 

ROBERT M. PATTERSON, B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan College; M.A., 
University of Kentucky; Ph.D. Vanderbilt University 
Associate Professor of History 

HUGH PENDEXTER, III, A.B., Bowdoin College; M.A., Northwestern 
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Head, Department of Languages and Literature 
Professor of English 

I J. HARRY PERSSE, B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.M., D. Mus., 
Florida State University 

Head, Department of Fine Arts 
Professor of Music 

ALLEN L. PINGEL, B.A., M.A.T., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., 

University of South Carolina 

Associate Professor of Biology 

RUTH S. PRANTALOS, B.S., in Ed., Georgia Southern College; M.A. in 
Library Science, Peabody College 

Reference Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

JANEB. PRESTON, B.S.N. , University of Virginia 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

23 



H. DEAN PROPST, B.A., Wake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., Peabody 

College 

Dean of the College 

Professor of English 

DANH. RADEBAUGH, B.A.,M.M., University of South Florida 

Instructor in Music 

MARY MARGARET RALSTON, A.B., Florida State University; 
M.S.W., Tulane University 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 

VIRGINIA RAMSEY, A.B., Vanderbilt University; M.A.T., Emory 
Assistant Professor of English 

STEVE YOUNG RHEE, B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., 
University of Missouri-Columbia 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 

EMORY H. RICHARDS, A.B., Denison University; M.B.A., Harvard 
University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Professor of Business Administration 
Acting Head, Department of Business Administration 

PAUL E. ROBBINS, B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Georgia In- 
stitute of Technology 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

PATRICIA T. ROCK, B.S., Old Dominion College; M.S., Wake Forest 
University Instructor in Biology 

GERALD C. SANDY, B.A., Youngstown State University; M.S.L.S., 
Florida State University 

Assistant to the Head Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

** JACQUELINE W. SAPP, B.A., Stillman College; M.Ed., Savannah 
State College-Armstrong State College 

Instructor in Physical Education 

NEIL B. SATTERFIELD, A.B., University of North Carolina; M.S.S.W., 
University of Tennessee 

Director, Social Work Program 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 

LEA LESLIE SEALE, B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.A., 
Ph.D., Louisiana State University 

Professor Emeritus of English 

24 






JAMES L. SEMMES, B.S., United States Naval Academy; M.S., Florida 
State University 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

SARAH E. SHEAROUSE, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 

Temporary Vocational and Guidance Counselor 
Department of Nursing 

CHARLES T. SHIPLEY, B.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

ELAINE SILCOX, B.S., M.Ed., University of Florida 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

RICHARD J. SIMENSEN, B.Ed., Kenne State College; M.A., Ph.D., 
University of Maryland 

Assistant Professor of Education 

ROY J. SIMS, B.S., David Lipscomb College; M.S., University of Ten- 
nessee; Ed.D., Louisiana State University 

Head, Department of Physical Education 
Professor of Physical Education 

GEORGE W. SLOAN, A.B., M.L.S., University of California, Berkeley; 
M.A., University of Maryland 

Head Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

HARRY H. SQUIRES, B.S., B.A., M.A., University of Florida 
Associate Professor of Business Administration 

JULE R. STANFIELD, A. A., Armstrong State College 

Comptroller 

RICHARD M. STEINKE, B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire; 
D.D.S., Marquette School of Dentistry 

Head, Department of Dental Hygiene 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

WILLIAM W. STOKES, B.A.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Florida 
Head, Department of Education 
Professor of Education 

CEDRIC STRATTON, B.Sc, Nottingham University, England; Ph.D., 
Birbeck College, London, England 

Professor of Chemistry 

25 



ROBERT I. STROZIER, A.B., University of Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., 

Florida State University 

Professor of English 

JOHN SUCHOWER, B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University of 

Detroit 

Assistant Professor of English and Speech 
Director of the ' 'Masquers * ' 

RICHARD M. SUMMERVILLE, B.S., Clarion State College; A.M., 
Washington University; Ph.D., Syracuse University 

Head, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science 
Professor of Mathematics 

**CAROL HELEN SUTTON, B.S.N. , University of South Carolina 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

BARBARA G. TANENBAUM, B.S., Medical College of Georgia 
Instructor in Dental Hygiene 

LAWRENCE M. TAPP, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of Tennessee 
Associate Professor of Physical Education 

EMMA ANN THERESA THOMSON, A.S., Armstrong State College. 
Clinical Teaching Associate (Dental Hygiene) 

FRANCIS M. THORNE, III, B.S., Stetson University; Ph.D., University 
of Georgia 

Professor of Biology 

*GEORGE TRAUTWEIN, B.M., Oberlin College; M.M., Cleveland In- 
stitute; Mus. D., Indiana University 

Temporary Part- Time Associate Professor of Music 
Conductor, Savannah Symphony 

D. RAY TRIPP, JR., B.S., The Citadel; M.Ed., University of South 
Carolina 

Director of Student Financial Aid 

PAUL E. WARD, B.S., Georgia Teachers College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Univer- 
sity of Georgia 

Associate Professor of Education 
Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences 

ROGER K. WARLICK, B.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Boston 

University 

Head, Department of History and Political Science 
Professor of History 

26 



JOHN A. WELSH, III, A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Vanderbilt Univer- 
sity 

Assistant Professor of English 

SUSAN S. WHITE, B.S., Winthrop College; M.Ed., University of South 
Carolina 

Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 

CHARLES C. WHITE, B.S., East Carolina College; M.A., Southern 
Illinois University 

Assistant Professor of English 

MORRIS L. WHITEN, B.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia 
Associate Professor of Physics 

WILLIAM S. WINN, B.D., A.B., Emory University; M.A., University of 
North Carolina 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

CLARKE S. WORTHINGTON, B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Nor- 
thern Illinois University; Ph.D., Emory University 

Head, Department of Psychology and Sociology 
Professor of Psychology 

J. STEPHEN WRIGHT, B.S., M.S., Clemson University; Ph.D., Auburn 
University 

Director, Health Professions Education Center 
Associate Professor of Biology 

THOMAS M. ZEPP, A.B., Wofford College; M.A., Ph.D., University of 
Florida 

Assistant Professor of Economics 



*Part-time Instructor 
**On leave of absence 
***Courtesy Appointment 



ARMSTRONG COLLEGE COMMISSION 

The Commission controls certain endowment and scholarship funds. 
DR. IRVING VICTOR, Chairman 
MR. EDWARD BARTLETT 
MR. Y. A. BEALL, JR. 
MRS.KAYKOLE 
MR. JOHNRANITZ, JR. 
MR. JOSEPH BELL 

27 



Ex-Officio 

DR. DENNIS HARRISON 
THOMAS COLEMAN, The Honorable 
JOHN P. ROUSAKIS, The Honorable 
DR. DONALD E. KNAPP 
MR. TED M.KENNEDY 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE IS AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 
EMPLOYER AND IS COMMITTED TO THE OFFERING OF EQUAL 
EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY TO ALL STUDENTS REGARDLESS 
OF RACE, SEX, CREED, OR NATIONALITY. 




II. HISTORY, PURPOSE AND PROGRAMS 



HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE 

Armstrong State College was founded on May 27, 1935, as Armstrong 
Junior College, by the Mayor and Aldermen of the City of Savannah to 
meet a pressing need for a college in the community. The college was housed 
in the Armstrong Building, a gift to the city from the family of George F. 
Armstrong, and over the years built or acquired five additional buildings in 
the Forsythe Park and Monterey Square areas. The college, as Armstrong 
College of Savannah, became a two-year unit in the University System of 
Georgia on January 1 , 1959, under the control of the Regents of the Univer- 
sity System. In 1962, the Mills B. Lane Foundation purchased a new cam- 
pus site of over 200 acres located on Abercorn Extension. The new campus, 
with eight new buildings, was occupied in December, 1965. 

In 1964, the Regents conferred upon Armstrong the status of a four-year 
college, with the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 
Science, and Bachelor of Business Administration. President Henry L. Ash- 
more, who succeeded President Foreman M. Hawes, on July 1, 1964, was 
charged with the responsibility of developing the institution from junior to 
senior college status. A junior year was added to the college curriculum in 
1966-67, with the senior year added in 1967-68 and the first four-year 
degrees awarded at the spring, 1968 commencement. The college now offers 
more than twenty major programs leading to baccalaureate degrees, and, in 
addition, the two-year associate degree in nursing, dental hygiene, mental 
health work and in criminal justice. Effective in the 1971-72 academic year, 
the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia authorized Arm- 
strong State College and Savannah State College to offer joint programs 
leading to the M.B.A. and M.S. in Elementary Education degrees. Ad- 
ditional programs in Teacher Education at the secondary level were initiated 
Summer Quarter, 1972. 

The academic community includes approximately 3,500 students and 135 
full-time faculty members. Armstrong State College was fully accredited as 
a senior institution by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools in 
December, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to January 1, 1968, and was 
re-accredited in December, 1972. The Joint Graduate Studies Program was 
fully accredited by the Southern Association in December, 1973. 



PURPOSE 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution offering degree 
programs in the liberal arts, sciences, and a number of specialized fields. As 
a service to the community, it also provides a continuing education program 



for those who have non-degree objectives. The College strives to maintain 
the flexibility and adaptability which activated its growth and change of 
status in less than thirty-five years from a small city-supported junior 
college to a senior college in the University System of Georgia. Therefore, 
the College defines its present purpose in the following terms: 

to provide modern facilities and a professional staff in an en- 
vironment that promotes the free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization of his own intellectual, 
emotional, and spiritual potential by providing academic programs in 
the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences; 

to develop the student's technical and analytical skills through 
programs leading to professional degrees in a number of areas, in- 
cluding Allied Health, Business Administration, Criminal Justice, and 
Teacher Education; 

to offer opportunities for continuing education through symposia, 
conferences, institutes, and courses unrelated to degree programs; 

to make available the full resources of the College through in- 
volvement in research projects, public service activities, and other 
programs sponsored by the community. 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 



Armstrong State College offers the first two years of programs in 
engineering, forestry, industrial management, physics; the entire pre- 
professional programs in dentistry, law, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, 
medicine, optometry, and other fields. Among specialized pre-professional 
programs are the following: 



Armstrong State College-Georgia Institute of 
Technology Dual-Degree Program 



Upon completion of the first three years of academic work at Armstrong, 
the student may enroll for two subsequent years at Georgia Institute of 
Technology. After completing the requirements of the two cooperating in- 
stitutions, the student will be awarded a baccalaureate degree from Arm- 
strong State College and a baccalaureate degree in one of a number of 
academic areas from Georgia Institute of Technology. For further in- 
formation on this dual-degree program, the student should contact the Of- 
fice of the Dean of the College. 

10 






Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Medicine 

Any student who completes 140 quarter hours in academic courses at 
Armstrong State College with an average of C (2.0) or better is eligible, 
upon successful completion of the prescribed course of study for the first 
year at an accredited school of medicine, for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science (Medicine) from Armstrong State College. 



Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Dentistry 

Any student who completes 140 quarter hours in academic courses at 
Armstrong State College with an average of C (2.0) or better is eligible, 
upon successful completion of the prescribed course of study for the first 
year of an accredited school of dentistry, for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science (Dentistry) from Armstrong State College. 



TWO-YEAR DEGREES 

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for higher 
degrees in the liberal arts and professions and for positions in business: 
Associate in Arts. 
Associate in Arts in Nursing. 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 
Associate in Science in Mental Health Work. 
Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies. 



FOUR-YEAR DEGREES 



Bachelor of Arts in the fields of history, English, French, music, political 
science, psychology, economics, and social work. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, chemistry, mathematics, and 
criminal justice. 

Bachelor of Business Administration with concentrations in accounting, 
management, management-marketing, economics, finance, business 
education, and information systems. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Mathematics, Physical 
Education, and Speech Correction. 

Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Beginning with the Fall Quarter of 1971, Armstrong State College joined 
with Savannah State College to offer a joint program of graduate work. 
Faculty and other resources of both institutions are drawn upon equally to 
operate the program, and degrees are awarded jointly by the two schools. 
The Joint Graduate Studies Program offers instruction leading to the 
Master of Business Administration degree, and the Master of Education 
degree in Elementary Education and in Special Education (Behavior Disor- 
ders) as well as in the secondary teaching fields of Biology, Chemistry, 
English, Mathematics, History, and Political Science. The master's 
programs are designed to provide opportunities for further professional 
growth, for expanding professional and cultural backgrounds, and for ex- 
tending knowledge and understanding in an area of specialty. 

For further information about these programs, contact the Associate 
Dean for Graduate Studies at either Armstrong State College or Savannah 
State College, requesting a copy of the Graduate Bulletin. 



INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS 

Students at Armstrong State College may participate in two state-wide in- 
ternship programs: the Georgia Intern Program and the State Legislative 
Intern Program. These programs provide the student with opportunities to 
observe first-hand and to participate in agency and legislative processes as 
he works under the direction of and is responsible to an agency or legislative 
supervisor. In addition to state-wide internship programs, students may 
participate in local internship experiences. They may receive academic 
credit for these experiences. They must be enrolled full-time at the College 
and must be in good academic standing. For further details concerning the 
requirements for internship programs at the College, please consult the 
Head of the Department of History and Political Science. 



EVENING CLASSES 

In addition to the full daytime schedule, Armstrong offers a schedule of 
classes in the evening, including most of the required courses for some 
degree programs. Students employed during the day must limit their 
enrollment to one or two courses each quarter. 



OFFICE OF COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY SERVICES 

Short Courses, Workshops and Seminars are planned, organized and ad- 
ministered by the office in response to group interest, or to meet a com- 
munity need brought to the attention of the Dean for College and Com- 

17 



munity Services. All are offered on a non-credit basis and, except in a very 
few cases, there are no special requirements or prerequisites for admission. 
A brochure of courses, under the heading of "Short Courses" is mailed 
before the beginning of every quarter; anyone wishing to do so may have his 
name placed on this mailing list. Subjects covered vary widely; the series is 
designed to offer something to appeal to almost any adult taste, from Com- 
puter Programming to Interior Decoration. The Dean is always glad to 
arrange courses for candidates preparing to take professional examinations 
in engineering, insurance, real estate, and in other areas; the college has 
been approved as an Examination Center for a number of these 
examinations. One-day workshops are also planned and managed by this 
office. 



NEIGHBORHOOD CONTINUING EDUCATION CENTER 

The Neighborhood Continuing Education Center is a cooperative en- 
deavor of Armstrong State College, Savannah State College, Georgia 
Southern College, and the University of Georgia. The Center provides a 
continuing education program for low income residents in a Savannah 
Model Cities area neighborhood. The major objective is to utilize the com- 
bined resources of the cooperating institutions to provide educational ex- 
periences suited to the needs of the citizens within this area. 



OFFICE OF DEVELOPMENT 

The purpose of the Office of Development is to promote funding for 
College programs from sources supplemental to state appropriations and 
student fees. To accomplish this purpose, the College participates in federal 
and other grant supported activities and seeks assistance from alumni and 
friends. From private sources, the College accepts memorial and other gifts 
for the athletic program, instructional equipment, library books, matching 
funds for grants, scholarships, and other restricted purposes. Unrestricted 
contributions are accepted to be used at the discretion of the President to 
meet special and unforeseen needs. Gifts of any size can be used to add to 
the library collection in the name of an individual or an agency, although all 
gifts are acknowledged and published, where appropriate and when 
requested, by the donor's name. Gifts for scholarships are generally 
received by the College in one of two ways: the donor specifies support or 
choice of specific students, with the College serving only as a distribution 
agent; or the donor specifies support of student scholarships generally or 
scholarships within a broad academic field, with the College identifying the 
gift by name, if appropriate, and distributing the funds according to stand- 
ard policies and procedures. Gifts of this latter type are tax deductible. 
The Director of Development is pleased to provide further information to 
any prospective donor. 

33 



OFFICE OF COMPUTER SERVICES 

This office coordinates the campus-wide system of computer services. 
The Director also provides technical assistance to the faculty and staff of 
the college in the development of computer programs and systems. Through 
participation in the University System Computer Network, information 
processing devices located on campus are connected via a direct telephone 
line to the large computers located at Georgia State University and the 
University of Georgia. 



ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

The purpose of the Academic Skills Laboratory is to provide aid for those 
students experiencing difficulty in the areas of reading, mathematics, or 
English. An individualized program is planned and conducted after iden- 
tification of the student's needs through diagnostic procedures. 

A student may be referred to the Laboratory by a faculty member or may 
refer himself. The student may enroll for five to fifteen institutional credit 
hours per quarter. The student's program may be completed in less than a 
full quarter, or may be continued over two or more quarters. 



STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM 
WITH SAVANNAH STATE COLLEGE 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College or at Armstrong State 
College as a full-time student has the privilege of taking one course with his 
Dean's approval at the other college without paying an additional fee. A 
student may take two courses in his home college paying full fees and one 
course at the other college, which will be transferred back to his home 
college, or a student with at least a "B" average in the preceding quarter 
may take three courses at his home college, paying full fees, and register at 
the other college for an additional course without additional cost. No 
restrictions are placed on the number of courses taken at the other college if 
the student is enrolled in the Joint Graduate Studies Program or in the un- 
dergraduate cooperative programs in Music Education, Physical 
Education, or the undergraduate joint program in Social Work. In the un- 
dergraduate programs, however, the student must enroll in major area 
courses only to receive unrestricted enrollment privileges. 

The colleges operate a shuttle-bus service between the two campuses to 
facilitate movement of students who are taking courses on both campuses. 

A student may obtain in the Office of the Dean of the College the proper 
form for permission to register for courses at Savannah State College. 

34 



NROTC PROGRAM 

Students at Armstrong State College may enroll in the Naval Reserve Of- 
ficers Training program offered on the Savannah State College campus. For 
further information, consult the Registrar at Armstrong State College; the 
Commanding Officer, NROTC Unit, Savannah State College; or the 
Savannah State College Bulletin and General Catalog. 



MARINE OFFICER PROGRAMS 

Qualified students may apply for an officer program leading to a com- 
mission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Marine Corps. Com- 
missions are offered in both ground and aviation components. The Platoon 
Leaders Course (PLC) is offered to freshmen, sophomores and juniors who 
attend precommissioning training during the summer. Financial Assistance 
and Flight Indoctrination Programs are available. Qualified seniors attend 
twelve weeks of training in the Officer Candidate Course (OCC) after 
graduation. No work in this program is offered on campus. For details, 
contact the placement office or the Marine Officer Selection Officer when 
he is on campus. 



LIBRARY 

The Lane Library occupies a central location on the campus. A reading 
room, individual carrel desks, and student typing and photocopying 
facilities are on both floors. Reference, periodicals and newspapers, and the 
loan desk are on the first floor. The second floor contains group study 
rooms and an audio-visual media center, including audio and video learning 
stations, record and tape duplication services, and an Instructional 
Development department to assist faculty and students in the use of closed- 
circuit television, graphics, and photography. 

The Library houses approximately 140,000 total library resources, in- 
cluding 92,000 books and bound periodicals, 6,000 documents and maps, 
24,000 microforms, 4,000 records, motion pictures, slides, and video tapes, 
and 800 newspaper and periodical subscriptions. 

The Lane Library's card catalog, a cooperative project of several Savan- 
nah area libraries, lists the location of most print and non-print materials in 
the following libraries: Armstrong State College, Savannah State College, 
Savannah Public Library, Georgia Historical Society, Memorial Medical 
Center, St. Joseph's Hospital, Georgia Regional Mental Health Clinic, 
Candler General Hospital, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers-Savannah 
District, and the Chatham County Department of Human Resources. 

The Lane Library faculty and staff welcomes suggestions for the im- 
provement of its collections and services. Request forms for the purchase or 

35 



inter-library loan of library books and other materials are available at the 
loan desk. Several library science courses are offered to assist students in the 
orientation and effective use of the Lane Library as well as library reference 
and research materials. 




36 



ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Application forms for admission to Armstrong State College are attached 
to this Bulletin and provided by the Admissions Office upon request. An 
application cannot be considered until all required forms are properly 
executed and returned to the Admissions Office. Applications should be on 
file in the Admissions Office at least twenty days before the opening of the 
quarter in which the applicant wishes to enter. 

The applicant must be at least sixteen years old on or before registration 
date and must give evidence of good moral character, promise of growth 
and development, seriousness of purpose, and a sense of social respon- 
sibility. Armstrong State College reserves the right to examine and appraise 
the character, the personality, and the physical fitness of the applicant. The 
College further reserves the right to examine any applicant by the use of 
psychological, achievement, and aptitude tests and to require additional 
biographical data and an interview before the applicant is accepted or re- 
jected. If an interview is required, the applicant will be notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to refuse to accept any or all of 
the credits from any high school or other institution, notwithstanding its ac- 
credited status, when the College determines through investigation or other- 
wise that the quality of instruction at such high school or other institution is 
for any reason deficient or unsatisfactory. The judgment of the College on 
this question shall be final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by high school or college grades 
and academic potential as shown by scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, 
an evaluation of each applicant's readiness to undertake college work will 
be made. The Admissions Officer may refer any application to the Ad- 
missions Committee of the College for study and advice. 

The decision as to whether an applicant shall be accepted or rejected shall 
be made by the Admissions Officer in accordance with admission policies 
and subject to the applicant's right of appeal as provided in the policies of 
the Board of Regents of the University System. The Admissions Officer 
shall, as promptly as practicable, inform the applicant of the action taken 
upon his application. 

The College reserves the right to terminate acceptance of applications 
when enrollment capacity is reached. The College further reserves the right 
to reject an applicant who is not a resident of the State of Georgia. 

All students enrolled at Armstrong State College are required to affirm 
that they will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. For a detailed ex- 
planation of the Honor System see the REGULATIONS section of this 
bulletin. 



Specific requirements for admission are discussed below. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMAN APPLICANTS 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accredited high school. A tran- 
script of the applicant's high school record must be submitted by the high 
school directly to the College and must show credit for a minimum of six- 
teen units, including the following specific subjects: 

English — 4 units 

Mathematics — 2 units (One unit must be in algebra, although two 
units of algebra are desirable. For students entering the engineering or 
scientific fields, two units in algebra and one of geometry are needed.) 

Science — 2 units 

Social Studies — 2 units 

Other units sufficient to graduate. 

OR b. Successful completion of the General Education Development Test 
(GED) with no scores less than 45. Applicants who have been awarded their 
high school equivalence diploma with scores below 45 may be conditionally 
admitted. A score report form must be submitted directly to the college 
from the GED testing center where the student took the test or by DAN- 
TES, 2318 South Park Street, Madison, Wisconsin 53713 (if the student 
took the test through the United States Armed Forces Institute while in 
military service). 

2. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College En- 
trance Examination Board. Official results of this test must be filed with the 
Admissions Office by the final date for submitting application for the quar- 
ter in which the student wishes to enroll. 

The Scholastic Aptitude Test is given in all states and numerous foreign 
countries at least six times annually. 

Students wishing to make application to take the test may secure ap- 
plication forms from their secondary school principal or counselor, or by 
writing directly to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, 
Princeton, New Jersey 08540, or Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701, for 
an application form and the Bulletin of Information which is available 
without charge. 

3. Application fee of $10 which must accompany the application form. 
This fee does not bind Armstrong State College to admit the applicant nor 
does it indicate acceptance of the applicant's qualifications. The fee will not 
be credited toward the matriculation fee in the event that the applicant does 
not enroll as a student. If he wishes to enter the institution at the beginning 
of a quarter later than that for which he is accepted, he must request reac- 
tivation of his application for admission. If he has not enrolled within one 
year, he must reapply and resubmit the application fee by the date specified. 

38 



4. Physical examinations prior to admission are required only for those 
entering students whose medical history is such that their participation in 
required physical education instruction is not recommended or is limited, or 
when the student is under the care of a physician due to a special medical 
problem. Entering students who are in good health and not under the care 
of a physician must submit a signed statement to this effect along with their 
completed application for admission. 



CONDITIONAL ADMISSION 

Students who score 650 or less on the combined verbal and mathematics 
sections of the Scholastic Aptitude Test and/or who fail to predict the 
grade-point average for regular admission must take a battery of tests 
(relating to English, reading, and mathematics) derived from the Com- 
parative Guidance and Placement Program of the College Entrance 
Examination Board. These students will be "conditionally admitted" until 
such time as the results of the battery of tests are available. These tests must 
be taken before the student first registers for classes. Students who satisfac- 
torily complete the entire battery of tests will be granted full admission 
status. If any part of the test results is unsatisfactory, the student's "con- 
ditional admission" status will be continued and the student will be required 
to take courses in the Academic Skills Laboratory in his specific area(s) of 
weakness(es). As long as the student is on "conditional admission" status, 
he must have the classes in which he enrolls approved by the Head of the 
Academic Skills Laboratory. A student may demonstrate proficiency by 
achieving a grade of "Satisfactory" in each Academic Skills Laboratory 
course required. Any student who remains conditionally admitted for six 
consecutive quarters from the date of admission or who receives three 
grades of "Unsatisfactory" in any one Academic Skills Laboratory course 
will not be permitted to continue at the College. Test dates for the Com- 
parative Guidance and Placement Examination are listed in the Academic 
Calendar published in this Bulletin. 



ADVANCED PLACEMENT 
AND CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

Armstrong State College gives advanced placement, or in some cases 
college credit, for college level high school courses, on the basis of the 
student's grade on the Advanced Placement Examination of the CEEB, and 
approval by the appropriate department head of Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfactory scores on the General 
Examinations of the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), for 
satisfactory completion of appropriate courses and tests offered through 
the United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI), and for military service 
schools and experience as recommended by the Commission on Ac- 

3Q 



creditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education. 
Such credits may not exceed more than one-fourth of the work counted 
toward a degree. 

Specifically, the student with a strong academic background may demon- 
strate competence through departmental examinations and exempt the 
following courses: Foreign Language 101, 102, 103; History 251, 252; 
Mathematics 101, 103. Further, the student may be given credit by 
examination in Natural Science without laboratory (10 quarter hours); 
History 114, 115 (10 quarter hours); Art 200 (5 quarter hours); Music 200 (5 
quarter hours); Mathematics 101 (5 quarter hours — must be validated by 
passing the second appropriate Mathematics course); and English 121 (5 
quarter hours — must be validated by passing English 122). 

It is possible for a student, through a combination of the advanced 
placement and credit by examination programs, to begin his formal in- 
structional program at Armstrong State College as a sophomore. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER APPLICANTS 

1 . Transfer applicants will follow the same procedures as freshman ap- 
plicants, except that transfer applicants who will have achieved sophomore 
standing at the time of their entrance will not be required to submit their 
high school records. Such records may be required by the Admissions Of- 
fice, but normally the transcripts of previous college records will suffice in 
place of the high school record. A transfer applicant must ask the Registrar 
of each college he has previously attended to mail an official transcript of 
his record to the Admissions Office at Armstrong State College, regardless 
of the transferability of the credits. 

2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less than sophomore standing 
(less than 45 quarter hours completed) must meet entrance requirements of 
both freshman and transfer applicants and will be required to submit their 
high school records as well as transcripts of college records. 

3. A transfer applicant will not be eligible for admission to Armstrong 
State College unless he is eligible to return to the last college attended on the 
date he expects to enter Armstrong. A student who is on suspension from 
another college because of poor scholarship or for disciplinary reasons will 
not be eligible for admission. 

4. A transfer applicant will be considered for admission to Armstrong 
State College if, on all work attempted at other institutions, his academic 
performance as shown by his grade point average is equivalent to the 
minimum standard required by Armstrong State College students of com- 
parable standing. (See chart under Academic Probation and Dismissal 
Policy on page 67.) 

40 



5. Credit will be given for transfer work in which the student received a 
grade of "D" or above, with the percentage of "D" grades not to exceed 
twenty (20) per cent of the total hours being transferred. College credit will 
not be allowed for such courses as remedial English or remedial 
mathematics or courses basically of secondary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an institution which is not a member of the ap- 
propriate regional accrediting agency can be accepted on a provisional basis 
only. A student transferring from an institution which is not a member of a 
regional accrediting agency must achieve a "C" average on his first fifteen 
quarter hours of work at Armstrong in order to be eligible to continue. In 
certain areas he may be required to validate credits by examination. In com- 
puting cumulative grade averages, only the work attempted at Armstrong 
will be considered. 

7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done in 
another institution within a given period of time may not exceed the normal 
amount of credit that could have been earned at Armstrong during that 
time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours may be transferred from a junior 
college. (This restriction is waived for students matriculating in the 
Bachelor of Science degree programs in Nursing and Dental Hygiene 
Education.) At least half of the courses in the major field must be taken at 
Armstrong. 

8. Not more than one- fourth of the work counted toward a degree may 
be taken through correspondence or extension courses; no correspondence 
courses may be used to meet requirements in the major field or the related 
field for the bachelor's degree. No correspondence course may be taken 
while a student is enrolled at Armstrong State College without prior ap- 
proval of the Dean of the College and the head of the department in which 
the student is majoring. Correspondence credit will not be accepted for 
courses in English composition or foreign language. 



CONTINUING EDUCATION STUDENTS 

All military personnel and adults, age 22 years or older, who wish to take 
regularly scheduled courses for personal enrichment and other non-degree 
objectives may be enrolled for credit or as auditors. If these students enroll 
for credit, they must meet all prerequisites for the course involved; if they 
enroll as auditors, they must have the permission of the instructor involved. 
Admission of Continuing Education students requires: (1) evidence of high 
school graduation or possession of GED certificate or (2) transcript from 
last college attended. Students on probation or suspension will not be per- 
mitted to enroll in this program without approval by the Admissions Com- 
mittee. 

A maximum of 45 quarter hours credit may be earned by students 
enrolled in this classification. Should a degree become the objective of a 

A} 



Continuing Education student, he must apply for admission as a degree 
candidate, meeting regular admission requirements. 

All college fees apply to students in this classification with the exception 
of the application fee which is not required until the student requests ad- 
mission as a degree candidate. Military personnel pay fees in accordance 
with negotiated military contracts. 



READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

A student who has not been enrolled at Armstrong for one or more quar- 
ters must apply for readmission on a form provided by the Admissions Of- 
fice. This requirement does not apply to students who do not register for 
courses during the summer quarter. A former student who has not attended 
another college since leaving Armstrong may be readmitted provided he is 
not on suspension at the time he wishes to reenter. A former student who 
has attended another college since leaving Armstrong must meet 
requirements for readmission as a transfer student or as a transient student, 
whichever is applicable. A student who is readmitted after an absence from 
the College for more than two years must meet degree requirements as listed 
in the bulletin in effect at the time of his return. 

TRANSIENT STUDENTS 

Transient student status means that a student is admitted to Armstrong 
State College only for a specified period of time, normally for one quarter. 
An applicant for transient status must file a regular application form and 
submit a statement from his Dean or registrar that he is in good standing 
and has permission to take specific courses at Armstrong to be transferred 
to his own institution when satisfactorily completed. Since transient stu- 
dents are not admitted as regular Armstrong students, transcripts of college 
work completed elsewhere are not usually required of such applicants. A 
transient student who wishes to remain at Armstrong longer than one quar- 
ter must submit an additional statement from his Dean or Registrar, or he 
must meet all requirements for regular admission as a transfer student. 

ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE ACCELERATED 
PROGRAM FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS 

High school students who have completed the eleventh grade, who have 
met the criteria for admission to the program and who maintain its stand- 
ards will be permitted to enroll for college credit in at least one course but 
not more than two courses each quarter at Armstrong State College while 
they complete the senior year of high school. Upon graduation from high 
school, these students will be admitted as regular students of the College. 

Through this program, a student may complete over two-thirds of the 
freshman year of college before he begins his regular college career. Stu- 



dents accepted in the program may choose any freshman course for which 
they meet all prerequisites, with permission of their high school principal or 
counselor and college advisor. 

A student forfeits the privilege of this program if in any quarter his grade 
in the college course is below C or his high school average in academic 
courses is below B. 

The College will consider a student for this program only upon written 
recommendation of his high school principal or counselor. In the view of 
the College, it is only these individuals who can judge the circumstances that 
may make the program valuable and practicable for any student. 

To be admitted to the program a student must satisfy all of these criteria: 

1. written recommendation by the Principal or counselor of the high 
school; 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an accredited high school; 

3. A combined verbal and mathematics score of 1000 on CEEB tests. 



EARLY ADMISSION AND JOINT ENROLLMENT PROGRAMS 

Armstrong State College offers an early admission program for those 
students who have completed the eleventh grade in high school and who 
have demonstrated outstanding academic potential. The criteria for ad- 
mission to this program are the same as those listed for the Accelerated 
Program. 

Additionally, the college cooperates with the Chatham County School 
System in the offering of a joint enrollment program which is an early ad- 
mission program allowing the student to enroll full-time at the college while 
remaining on the rolls of his local high school. After successfully meeting 
all established criteria for the early admission program, the student will be 
awarded a high school diploma at the end of his freshman year in college. 
The college Admissions Committee must approve all applicants accepted 
for admission to the joint enrollment program. For further information on 
this program the prospective applicant should consult his high school coun- 
selor and/or request information from the Admissions Office at Armstrong 
State College. 



FOREIGN STUDENTS 

It is recommended that, whenever possible, foreign students begin their 
attendance at the College in the fall quarter. The college also recommends 



that a foreign student attend an ELS language center prior to enrollment. 
(Applications for ELS are available from the Admissions Coordinator, ELS 
Language Centers, 3331 Ocean Park Blvd., Suite 201, Santa Monica, 
California 90405.) 



A student from a country other than the United States who is interested in 
attending Armstrong must meet the following requirements before ap- 
plication is made: 



1 . He must have met the requirements of freshman applicants. 

2. He must have an official transcript of his academic record mailed to 
the Admissions Office at Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. He must take the SAT of the College Entrance Examination Board in 
the testing center nearest his home and ask that the results be sent to 
Armstrong. 

4. He must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language and ask that 
the results be sent to Armstrong. (Applications for the test are 
available from the Educational Testing Service, Box 899, Princeton, 
N.J. 08540.) 

5. He must submit a statement of financial resources prior to attendance. 

If the applicant meets the academic requirements for admission, he will 
be sent an application form. After it has been returned and approved, the 
applicant will be sent an 1-20 Form (1-20A and 1-20B), which he can take to 
the American consul to ask for a student visa. When he arrives on campus, 
he will be tested in English composition for class placement. 

No scholarships are available for students who are not legal residents of 
Georgia. All foreign students must pay non-resident fees. 









ADMISSION OF VETERANS 

After having been accepted at Armstrong State College and upon receipt 
of Certification of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans Ad- 
ministration, veterans may attend under Public Law 358 (Veterans Read- 
justment Benefit Act of 1966), Public Law 815 (disabled), Public Law 894 
(disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or Public Law 361 (children of 
permanently disabled veterans). Students under Public Laws 358, 361, or 
634 should be prepared to pay tuition and fees at the time of registration. 

AA 






APPLICANTS SPONSORED BY VOCATIONAL 
REHABILITATION 



Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other com- 
munity agencies must apply at least six (6) weeks before the beginning of 
any quarter to insure proper processing of applications. 



REGISTRATION 

Complete instructions concerning registration are made available to all 
students at the beginning of the registration period. Registration includes 
counseling, academic advisement, selection of courses, enrollment in 
classes, and payment of fees. Full details regarding registration are provided 
to all incoming students after they have been approved for admission to the 
College. 



RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS OF THE BOARD 
OF REGENTS 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must establish 
the following facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, he or she may register as a 
resident student only upon a showing that he or she has been a legal 
resident of Georgia for a period of at least twelve months immediately 
preceding the date of registration. 

(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 years of age or older shall be 
deemed to have gained or acquired in-state residence status for fee 
purposes while attending any educational institution in this State, in 
the absence of a clear demonstration that he or she has in fact 
established legal residence in this State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may register as a resident 
student only upon a showing that his or her supporting parent or 
guardian has been a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at least 
twelve months immediately preceding the date of registration. 

3. A full-time faculty member of the University System and his or her 
spouse and dependent children may register on the payment of 
resident fees even though he or she has not been a legal resident of 
Georgia for the preceding twelve months. 

4. Non-resident graduate students who hold teaching or research 
assistantships requiring at least one-third time service may register as 
students in the institution in which they are employed on payment of 
resident fees. 



5. Full-time teachers in the public schools of Georgia and their depend- 
ent children may enroll as students in the University System in- 
stitutions on the payment of resident fees, when such teachers have 
been legal residents of Georgia for the immediately preceding nine 
months, were engaged in teaching during such nine month period, and 
have been employed to teach full time in the public schools of Georgia 
during the ensuing school year. 

6. All aliens shall be classified as non-resident students; provided, 
however, that an alien who is living in this country under a visa per- 
mitting permanent residence shall have the same privilege of 
qualifying for resident status for fee purposes as a citizen of the 
United States. 

7. Foreign students who attend institutions of the University System un- 
der financial sponsorship of civic or religious groups located in this 
State, may be enrolled upon the payment of resident fees, provided 
the number of such foreign students in any one institution does not ex- 1 
ceed the quota approved by the Board of Regents for that institution. 

8. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor change his or her legal 
residence to another state following a period of legal residence in 
Georgia, the minor may continue to take courses for a period of 
twelve consecutive months on the payment of resident fees. After the 
expiration of the twelve month period the student may continue his 
registration only upon the payment of fees at the non-resident rate. 

9. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed as guardian 
on a non-resident minor, such minor will not be permitted to register 
as a resident student until the expiration of one year from the date of 
court appointment, and then only upon proper showing that such ap- 
pointment was not made to avoid payment of the non-resident fees. 



ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 
ARTS DEGREE PROGRAM IN NURSING 






Nursing calls for a variety of skills and aptitudes and offers unlimited op- 
portunities for different kinds of service. Therefore, a candidate for the 
nursing program should have good physical and mental health as well as 
those personal qualifications appropriate for nursing. For these reasons the 
Admissions Committee selects students whose abilities, interests, and per- 
sonal qualities show promise of success in the program and in the field of 
nursing. Since applications are processed as received, applicants are en- 
couraged to apply early in the senior year of high school or as early in the 
year preceding admission as possible. The preferred age for applicants, 
married or single, at the time of entrance is 18. The State of Georgia 
requires, as do most other states, United States citizenship, either natural 



46 






born or naturalized, for registered nurse licensure. Candidates for ad- 
mission to the nursing program who are not citizens may be admitted only 
under certain circumstances and should make individual inquiries. 



Criteria for A d miss ion 

All admissions to the Associate in Arts Degree Program in Nursing are on 
a space available basis. The deadline for completed applications for the Fall 
Quarter of each year is April 15. The following are criteria for admission to 
the Program: 

Applicants who meet the desired criteria will be eligible for admission to 
the Program: 

1 . A minimum combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 800. 

2. A 2.5 or better high school gradepoint average. 

3. A predicted freshman gradepoint average of 2.0 or better. 

4. A score at or above the 65th percentile on the Nursing Admissions 
Test. 

5. A 2.0 college gradepoint average (if applicable). 

Applicants who meet the minimum criteria for admission will be reviewed 
by an Admissions Committee in the Department of Nursing. Priority for 
admission will be given to those who have completed applications at the 
time of review. The minimum criteria are: 

1 . A combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 750 to 799. 

2. A 2.0 to 2.499 high school gradepoint average. 

3. A predicted freshman gradepoint average of 1 .85 to 2.0 or better. 

4. Scores at or above the 50th percentile on the Nursing Admissions Test. 

5. A 2.0 college gradepoint average (if applicable). 

Applicants who meet neither the desired nor the minimum criteria for ad- 
mission may enter the Guided Studies Program. Those not admitted to the 
Associate Degree Program, even though they meet minimum criteria for ad- 
mission may also elect to enter the Guided Studies Program. Admission to 
Guided Studies does not automatically admit students to the Associate 
Degree Program. Those admitted to Guided Studies should consult with the 
Head of the Department of Nursing concerning the requirements that they 
must meet before they will be considered for admission to the Associate 
Degree Program. The minimum criteria for participation in the Guided 
Studies Program are: 

1 . A combined verbal and mathematics SAT score of 725 to 749. 

2. A 1 .8 to 2.0 or better high school gradepoint average. 

3. A predicted freshman gradepoint average of 1 .6 to 2.0 or better. 

4. Scores at or above the 40th percentile on the Nursing Admissions Test. 

Al 



How To Apply 

1. Complete the application form for admission to Armstrong 
State College and return it with the non-refundable $10 
application fee. Mark the application For Nursing Only. 

2. Take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College 
Entrance Examination Board as early in the year as possible. 
When applying for the test, be certain to list Armstrong State 
College as one college to receive the scores. 

3. Have a transcript of your high school record mailed from the 
high school directly to the Admissions Office at Armstrong. (A 
transfer student should also ask the Registrar of each school or 
college she/he has previously attended to mail an official 
transcript of her/his record to the Admissions Office at 
Armstrong, regardless of the transferability of the credits). 

4. Complete the Personal Data Sheet for the nursing program. 

5. Have the dental form completed by a dentist and mail to the 
Department of Nursing. 

6. Take a battery of aptitude tests on one of the dates scheduled 
on campus. Applications for this test may be obtained from the 
Department of Nursing at Armstrong State College or from the 
Director of Admissions at Armstrong State College 

7. Send, or have sent, two letters of reference directly to the 
Department of Nursing from non-family members (teachers, 
employers, or other qualified persons) who have known you 
for at least three years. 

8. Send, or have sent, to the Department of Nursing a certified 
copy of your birth certificate. 



Other Information 

1. It is recommended that applicants who have been away from 
school for a considerable period of time enroll in at least one 
course in an accredited college of their choice during the 
school year or summer preceding their planned entrance to 
the nursing program. 

2. Except in unusual circumstances, no credit will be given for 
nursing courses taken in another school of nursing. 



48 



3. An applicant on academic suspension or probation from 
another college will not be considered. 

4. Nursing students are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to and from campus to the clinical area (i.e., 
community hospitals and other health agencies). 

5. Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. 
The responsibility for procuring suitable housing rests with 
the student. For further information regarding housing, please 
contact the Office of Student Affairs. 

6. Students are required to wear the official student uniform of 
the nursing program. Uniforms will be ordered during the Fall 
Quarter. 

7. General fees for a nursing student will be the same as for any 
other student at Armstrong. Please refer to the Fees section of 
the current Bulletin. 

8. Students are admitted to the nursing sequence courses once 
each year in the fall. Six consecutive quarters in the nursing 
program are required. Students may begin the academic 
courses required in the program in any quarter. 

9. All nursing courses must be taken in sequence. Each nursing 
course has a prerequisite beginning with Fundamentals of 
Nursing. 

10. All students must take a Nursing Admissions Test except those with a 
baccalaureate degree. 

1 1 . Students accepted for the nursing program will be sent information on 
supplies and equipment needed for the Fall Quarter approximately 
two weeks before the opening of school with approximate charges. 

12. Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way guarantee 
formal admission into the nursing program. Formal admission to the 
program is dependent upon a student's obtaining a passing grade of 
"C" in nursing and maintaining an overall 2.0 average first quarter. 

ADMISSION TO THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN NURSING 

This program is designed to prepare the Registered Nurse to plan, 
organize and function in middle management nursing positions in today's 
hospitals and health agencies. The prospective candidate for the Bachelor of 
Science degree in Nursing must meet all criteria for admission to Armstrong 
State College. 



How to Apply 

1. Complete the application form for admission to Armstrong Stat* 
College according to directions. Mark the application FOR NUR! 
ING ONLY — B.S. Program. 

2. Have a transcript of your high school, college and school of nursing 
records mailed to the Admissions Office, Armstrong State College, 
11935 Abercorn Street, Savannah, Georgia 31406. 

3. Complete the Personal Data Sheet for the Department of Nursing - 
B.S. Program. 

4. Have the dental form completed by a dentist. 

5. Take Qualifying Exams for nursing courses as applicable. 

6. Have two written letters of reference (one from Director of School oi 
Nursing and one from current or last employer) sent directly to th< 
Armstrong Admissions Office. 

7. Contact Department of Nursing for appointment to discuss academic 
status. 



Other Information 

1 . Graduation from a state approved school of nursing (associate degree 
program or hospital diploma program) is a requirement for admission 
to the B.S. degree program in Nursing. 

2. Credits earned by graduates of an associate degree program conducted 
by a legally constituted degree granting institution will transfer. 

3. The number of credits allowed a diploma school graduate will be 
determined by an evaluation of the applicant's school of nursing tran- 
script based on criteria developed for the program. 

4. Those applicants who have not been actively employed in nursing 
within the previous five years, or who have graduated from a diploma 
school, will be required to take validating examinations. Satisfactory 
scores must be achieved in order to receive credit for prior nursing 
education. 

5. All candidates for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing must 
have passed the state board licensing examination for registered 
nurses. This requirement must be met prior to application for gradu- 
ation. 



6. The last forty-five quarter hours of the degree program, must be 
earned at Armstrong State College. 



ADMISSION TO THE ASSOCIATE IN 

SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM IN 

DENTAL HYGIENE 

The profession of Dental Hygiene is an ideal career for individuals in- 
terested in science and health services. The growing and constant demand 
for graduate dental hygienists assures regular hours and good com- 
pensation. 

A dental hygienist works under the general supervision of a dentist and 
performs a number of dental functions. The hygienist's activities usually in- 
clude performing oral prophylaxis (cleaning of the teeth), instructing 
patients in dental health, taking, developing and mounting dental x-rays, 
applying fluorides and sometimes assisting the dentist in chairside and 
laboratory duties. 

There are certain personal qualifications which are essential for a suc- 
cessful dental hygienist. These are good health, neat appearance, high 
moral character, a desire to be of service to others, and the ability to get 
along well with people. 

The Armstrong State College program consists of seven quarters of full 
time study (two academic years and the intervening summer). Applicants 
are matriculated once each year, in September. 

There are no definite age requirements or restrictions for the basic Dental 
Hygiene program. However, all applicants must be graduates of an ac- 
credited high school or its equivalent. Students may be either married or 
single and must be citizens of the United States, either natural born or 
naturalized. 

Applicants must meet the admission requirements for Armstrong State 
College and the Department of Dental Hygiene. 

The major part of an applicant's secondary school work should be in the 
college preparatory program and should include two years of mathematics. 
Because of the heavy emphasis on science in the dental hygiene curriculum, 
it is important that applicants have a good foundation in chemistry and 
biology. The quality of the candidate's work in high school English and 
social studies is most important in evaluating total qualifications for ad- 
mission to the Dental Hygiene program. Other factors which influence the 
decision of the Dental Hygiene admissions committee are: a "C" or better 
average in high school and an acceptable score (composite-verbal and 
mathematical) on the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College En- 
trance Examination Board and on the Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test. 

si 



How to Apply 

1. Complete the application form for admission to Armstrong 
State College and return it with the non-refundable $10 application 
fee. Mark the application For Dental Hygiene only. 

2. Complete the Personal Data Sheet for the dental hygiene program. 

3. Have the dental form completed by a dentist. 

4. Take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance 
Examination Board as early in the year as possible. When applying for 
the test be certain to list Armstrong State College as one college to 
receive your scores. 

5. Have a transcript of your high school record mailed from the high 
school directly to the Admissions Office at Armstrong. (A transfer 
student should also ask the Registrar of each school or college 
previously attended to mail an official academic transcript to the Ad- 
missions Office at Armstrong, regardless of the transferability of the 
credits). 

Other Information 

1 . It is recommended that applicants who have been away from school 
for a considerable period of time enroll in at least one course in an 
accredited college of their choice during the school year or summer 
preceding their planned entrance to the Dental Hygiene program. 

2. For the Associate in Science Degree, no credit will be given for Den- 
tal Hygiene courses taken in another school of Dental Hygiene, 
unless specifically approved by the Head of the Department. 

3. An applicant on academic suspension or probation from another 
college will not be considered. 

4. Dental Hygiene students are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to and from campus and to community agencies when 
assigned for field experiences. 

5. Armstrong State College does not provide student housing. The 
responsibility for procuring suitable housing rests with the student. 
For further information regarding housing, please contact the Office 
of Student Affairs. 

6. Students are required to wear the official student uniform of the 
Dental Hygiene Program. Uniforms will be ordered during the Fall 
Quarter. 



59 



7. General fees for Dental Hygiene students will be the same as for any 
other student at Armstrong. Please refer to the Fees section of the 
current Bulletin. 

8. Students are admitted to the Dental Hygiene sequence courses once 
each year in the fall. Seven consecutive quarters in the Dental 
Hygiene program are required. Students may begin the academic 
courses required in the program in any quarter. 

9. All Dental Hygiene clinical courses must be taken in sequence. Each 
Dental Hygiene course has a prerequisite beginning with Dental 
Hygiene 101. 

10. It is recommended that all students take the Dental Hygiene Ap- 
titude Test. In order for the test scores to reach the Dental Hygiene 
Department prior to April 15th, the test should be taken during the 
fall or winter testing period. 

11. Students accepted for the Dental Hygiene program will be sent in- 
formation on supplies and equipment needed for the Fall Quarter 
approximately two weeks before the opening of school with ap- 
proximate charges. 

12. Admission to Armstrong State College does not in any way guaran- 
tee formal admission into the Dental Hygiene Program. 



ADMISSION TO THE GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Information concerning admissions requirements for graduate programs 
is available in the Graduate Bulletin. Further information may be obtained 
from the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies at either Armstrong State 
College or Savannah State College. 



53 



IV. FEES 



APPLICATION FEE 

The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by each student at the time of 
initial application for admission to Armstrong State College. The ac- 
ceptance of the Application Fee does not constitute acceptance of the 
student. This fee is not refundable. 

In addition to the application fee mentioned above, a deposit of $50.00 is 
required of all dental hygiene applicants who are accepted for admission. 
This deposit is applied against registration fees during the first quarter of at- 
tendance. If the student does not enroll, the deposit is not refundable. 



MATRICULATION FEE 

The Matriculation Fee for students registering on campus for the normal 
course load of fifteen hours is $132.00. Students carrying less than 12 credit 
hours on campus in a quarter will pay at the rate of $1 1 .00 per quarter hour 
in Matriculation Fees. Students who register for off-campus credit courses 
will pay at the rate of $14.00 per credit hour. 



OUT OF STATE TUITION 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of $216.00 per quarter in ad- 
dition to all regular fees. Students carrying less than 12 credit hours in a 
quarter who are not legal residents of the State of Georgia will pay at the 
rate of $18.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee in addition to all regular 
fees. Students who register for off-campus credit courses will pay at the rate 
of $18.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee in addition to all regular fees. 



STUDENT ACTIVITY AND HEALTH/SERVICE FEES 

There will be a Student Activity Fee ($12.50) and a Health/Service Fee 
(2.50) per quarter for all students enrolled in the undergraduate program. 
Students enrolled in the graduate program will pay these fees, if enrolled for 
six hours or more. 



ATHLETIC FEE 

There will be an Athletic Fee of $5.00 per quarter for all students enrolled 
in the undergraduate and the graduate program. 

54 



APPLIED MUSIC FEES 

Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute private 
lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five minute lesson 
or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to students not admitted to a 
music degree program and to music majors not enrolled for ten or more 
quarter hours of credit. This fee is refundable only when the student has not 
met his first lesson. 

LATE REGISTRATION FEE 

A late registration fee of $4.00 will be charged to students registering on 
the date listed in the catalog as the date on which classes begin. A fee of 
$5.00 will be charged for registrations completed on the date listed in the 
catalog as the "last day to register for credit." This fee is not refundable. 



CHANGE OF SCHEDULE FEE 

A fee of $2.00 is charged for the changing of a student's schedule after 
the registration cards have been processed. No charge is made if the change 
is initiated bv the College. This fee is not refundable. 



GRADUATION FEE 

A Graduation Fee of $20.00 will be collected from each candidate for 
Graduation. 

TRANSCRIPT FEE 

Each student is entitled to one official transcript of his college work. The 
charge for additional copies is $1 .00 each. 

SUMMARY OF FEES 

Matriculation, per quarter $132.00 

Student Activity, per quarter 12.50 

Health/Service, per quarter 2.50 

Athletic, per quarter 5.00 

TOTAL FOR GEORGIA RESIDENTS $152.00 

Out of State Tuition, per quarter $216.00 

TOTAL FOR NON-RESIDENTS $368.00 

Matriculation Part-time Students per quarter hour $ 1 1 .00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-time Students, per quarter hour 

(in addition to Matriculation Fee) $ 18.00 

55 



PRIVILEGE FEES 

Application Fee $10.00 

Late Registration — Maximum 5.00 

Graduation Fee 20.00 

Transcript, first one free, each additional 1 .00 

Change of Schedule 2.00 

Applied Music Fee 31.00/62.00 

Dental Hygiene Deposit 50.00 



REFUNDS 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon written application for with- 
drawal from school. No refunds will be made to students dropping a course. 
Privilege fees are not refundable. Students who formally withdraw on the 
date of scheduled registration or during one week following the scheduled 
registration date are entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for that 
quarter. Students who formally withdraw during the period between one 
and two weeks after the scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund 
of 60% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
between two and three weeks after the scheduled registration date are en- 
titled to a refund of 40% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who for- 
mally withdraw during the period between three and four weeks after the 
scheduled registration date are entitled to a refund of 20% of the fees paid 
for that quarter. Students who withdraw after a period of four weeks has 
elapsed from the scheduled registration date will be entitled to no refund of 
any part of the fees paid for that quarter. 



Fees and Charges are Subject to Change at the End of any Quarter. 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any fee due to the college will 
have grade reports and transcripts of records encumbered, and will not be 
allowed to re-register at the college for a new quarter until the delinquency 
has been removed. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at the time of registration. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the bank on which it is drawn, 
the student's registration will be cancelled and the student may re-register 
only on payment of a $5.00 service charge. 



SHORT COURSES 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is scheduled by the 
College. No refund can be made for withdrawal from a short course. 

56 



V. FINANCIAL AIDS 



FINANCIAL AIDS 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the principle that the primary pur- 
pose of a student financial aid program is to provide financial assistance to 
students who, without such assistance, would be unable to attend college. 
Financial assistance from Armstrong State College should be viewed as sup- 
plementary to the efforts of the student and/or family. An assessment of 
parental ability to contribute toward the student's educational expenses is 
made by the College Scholarship Service so that neither the parent, the 
student, nor Armstrong State College be required to bear an undue share of 
the financial responsibility. 



APPLICATION INFORMATION 

An applicant for student financial aid at Armstrong must: 

(l)be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the College; 

(2)obtain a copy of the Armstrong State College Request for Student 
Financial Aid, complete the form, and return it by 1 April for the 
coming academic year; 

(3)submit a College Scholarship Service financial statement to the Office 
of Student Financial Aid by 1 April for the coming academic year. 



It may be necessary to complete additional forms depending on a 
student's year in school, major course of study, and/or eligibility for a par- 
ticular program. Applications for financial assistance must be repeated an- 
nually. Most student financial aid awards are for the entire academic year, 
with payments made to the student in equal quarterly installments. A 
student may, however, apply and be considered for financial assistance 
during the academic year, if funds are available. 

All student financial aid awards are contingent upon the availability of 
funds and the recipient's maintaining satisfactory progress toward a degree. 
Also, each recipient must maintain good academic standing as defined in 
this Bulletin. 

The minimum number of hours for which a student financial aid recipient 
may enroll per quarter varies from program to program. Most require at 
least 10 hours per quarter, and some require full-time status, or at least 12 
hours per quarter. 



CATEGORIES OF AID 

The College provides necessary financial assistance through grants/ 
scholarships, work, and/or loans. Grants and scholarships are awards 
that require neither service nor cash repayments. Opportunities for part- 
time employment are provided for eligible students, usually on-campus, 
who are paid federal minimum wages on an hourly basis. Loans require 
cash repayment, service repayment, or a combination of both. These funds 
are made available through the federal government, state government, and 
local sources. 



FEDERAL ASSISTANCE 

The BASIC EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT PROGRAM 

currently makes awards to eligible students who began post-secondary 
education after 1 April, 1973. An additional application form is required. 

The SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT 
PROGRAM is available to eligible students who establish exceptional 
financial need as determined by the College Scholarship Service. The 
minimum award is $200.00 per academic year. The maximum may not ex- 
ceed one-half of the student's established need, nor can it be more than one- 
half of the financial assistance supplied through the College. 

Currently, the COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM allows an 
eligible student to work each class day during the quarter. Satisfactory work 
performance is mandatory. 

A NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN may be awarded to an 
eligible student who has established a need through the College Scholarship 
Service. Interest will be computed at the rate of three percent per annum 
simple interest on the unpaid principal balance. Interest is not charged and 
repayment is not required until nine months after the borrower ceases to be 
a student. 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS AND/OR SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS are available to students who have: (1) established a financial need 
through the College Scholarship Service, (2) been accepted for enrollment 
by Armstrong State College, and (3) been admitted to the Nursing Program 
by the Department of Nursing. 

In-service criminal justice personnel may qualify for a grant and/or loan 
under the LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROGRAM. Awards 
are made on a priority basis. An additional application is required. 



STATE ASSISTANCE 

GEORGIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE CORPORATION 

Under this program, guaranteed loans are provided by private lending in- 
stitutions to residents of Georgia. The loans accrue interest at the rate of 7 
percent simple interest. Loans are made by lending institutions that have 
signed a contract with and have the guarantee of the GHEAC. The process 
involves application for the loan by the student and parents, certification by 
the educational institution, and final approval by the GHEAC. Ap- 
applications may be obtained from the Student Financial Aid Office at 
Armstrong. 

GEORGIA INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to residents 
who began post-high school education after 1 April, 1974, and whose 
eligibility has been determined by the College Scholarship Service financial 
analysis. All veterans who were residents of Georgia at the time of their en- 
try into military service may apply. 

The BOARD OF REGENTS' FUND sponsors a program under which 
Georgia residents may qualify for financial assistance at units of the Univer- 
sity System. Applicants must be in the upper 25% of their class and have 
established a financial need through the College Scholarship Service. 
Recipients must agree to work in the state, at an occupation for which they 
are qualified educationally, one year for each $1,000 received. If unable to 
meet this obligation, the student is expected to repay the full amount with 
interest at the rate of 3 percent simple interest. 

Students may be recommended for employment on the IN- 
STITUTIONAL STUDENT ASSISTANTS PROGRAM. Some depart- 
ments and offices of the College have funds available to hire student 
workers. Initial contacts should be made by the interested with the ap- 
propriate department head. 



LOCAL ASSISTANCE 

INSTITUTIONAL SHORT-TERM LOANS are available to students for 
a maximum of sixty days. Interest shall accrue at the rate of 3% per annum. 
There are four short-term loan accounts: General, Nursing, Exchangette, 
and Kiwanis. Monies for the General Fund have been provided by the 
following sources: 

John Bravo Memorial 

Rensing Loan 

Rho Beta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega 

Senior Class 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Special Loans 



Stephen Davis Memorial 
Union Camp Corporation 

Applications are available in the Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Dental Hygiene students may apply for scholarship and/or loan funds 
from the PADEREWSKI MEMORIAL FUND. Interested students should 
contact either the Head of the Dental Hygiene Department or the Office of 
Student Financial Aid. 

Armstrong State College accepts scholarship applications throughout the 
year. Most awards are made annually during the summer. Scholarships are 
awarded when: 

(a) an agency notifies the College of its intention to award a scholarship 
to a specified student, or 

(b)an agency informs the College that it will award scholarships to a 
specific number of students selected by the Student Financial Aid 
Committee. 

The following is a partial list of scholarship donors for the 1974-75 
academic year: 

American Business Womens Association - Rebel and Hostess City 

Chapters 
Anthony Porter Scholarship 
Fraternal Order of Police 
Georgia Pacific Foundation 
Great Dane Trailers, Inc. 
Harry M. Carter Scholarship 
Hodge Foundation 
Kiwanis Club 

McCallum Memorial Scholarship 
Rotary Club 
Savannah Jaycees 
Union Camp Corporation 
Winn-Dixie Stores, Inc. 
Women's Auxiliary of the Georgia Medical Society 



Students may wish to obtain further information about the programs 
listed below from the addresses provided: 

Pickett and Hatcher Educational Fund 
P.O. Box 1238 
Columbus, Georgia 






Ty Cobb Foundation 
244 Washington Street, Room 448 
Atlanta, Georgia 30334 
(Deadline for applications 1 May) 

William F. Cooper Educational Fund 

Trust Department 

Savannah, Bank and Trust Company 

Savannah, Georgia 

(Apply between 1 January and 31 May) 

GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Graduate Students may establish eligibility in the following programs: 

National Direct Student Loan Program 
College Work-Study Program 
Institutional Short-Term Loans 
Board of Regents' Fund 

GOVERNMENT BENEFITS 

SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION: Social Security provides 
monthly benefits to children when a parent (a) dies, (b) starts receiving 
Social Security retirement, or (c) starts receiving disability benefits. 
Payments can be made until age 22, provided the child is a full-time student 
in an educational institution. Benefits can continue until the end of the 
quarter of attainment of age 22, if requirements for a bachelor's degree are 
not complete. Once Social Security benefits begin, it is the individual's 
responsibility to notify the Social Security office if he transfers to another 
school, if he withdraws from school, or if he reduces his hours below full- 
time attendance. The individual must also notify the Social Security Ad- 
ministration if he marries, if he is adopted, or if he earns more than $2,520 a 
year. Students who want to file applications, report changes, or receive 
more information should contact their Social Security Office. 

VETERANS SER VICES: See Section VII: Student Services, Activities. 

VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION: The Georgia Vocational 
Rehabilitation Program provides financial assistance for the applicant who 
possesses an impairment which would prove to be a vocational handicap. 
The Office of Vocational Rehabilitation may pay the cost of tuition, books, 
and fees. Students who think that they may qualify under this program 
should contact one of the area Vocational Rehabilitation Centers located 
throughout the state. The Savannah Center is located at 420 Mall 
Boulevard. Applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other 
community agencies must apply at least 6 (six) weeks before the beginning 
of any quarter to insure proper processing of applications. 



VI. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement is made available to each student at Armstrong 
State College. The Dean of the College gives overall direction to the ad- 
visement program, with the appropriate department Head coordinating ad- 
visement activities within the various departments. The student is expected 
to seek advisement from the department in which he is taking a major. The 
advisor maintains a record of his advisees' academic progress from quarter 
to quarter. The student who does not take advantage of the academic ad- 
visement program at the College should be reminded that he is responsible 
for fulfilling the requirements of his degree program and must be extremely 
careful to observe all regulations for admission to courses, such as the 
requirement of prerequisite courses, sometimes with a specified grade. 
Credit for a course is invalid unless all prerequisite requirements are ob- 
served. 

During orientation and before registration, all new students, both fresh- 
man and transfer students, will meet with faculty advisors. The faculty ad- 
visors will guide them at this time in mapping out a schedule for the fall 
quarter. The proper time for meeting with faculty advisors from that point 
on is during the pre-advisement periods each quarter listed in the college 
calendar. All faculty advisors, however, will be happy to give academic 
counseling at any time during a given quarter, if students need to talk with 
them. 

During the six quarters of his junior and senior years, the student must 
have his course selection approved in writing each quarter before 
registration by an advisor from the department in which he is majoring. 
During these last two years, the advisor will keep a record of the courses the 
student takes and the grades he makes, and, at least two quarters prior to 
the student's graduation, the advisor will signify to the Registrar that the 
student has completed all requirements for graduation in his major program 
up to that time, and is, therefore, recommended for graduation upon his 
completion of the remaining requirements in his degree program. 



RELATING TO DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of th( 
degree program which he has chosen, in accordance with the 
regulations of the college catalogue. 

Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permitted onl] 
with the written approval of the Dean of the College, upon th< 
recommendation of the department head. 



3. A student will graduate under the catalogue in effect at the time of 
his admission to the college. However, after an absence from Arm- 
strong State College of two or more consecutive years, a student 
must meet the requirements of the catalogue in effect at the time of 
his return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may 
consist of courses taken by correspondence, extension, or 
examination. No correspondence courses may be used to meet the 
requirements in the major field or related fields for the Bachelor's 
degree or in English composition or foreign language. No corre- 
spondence courses may be taken while a student is enrolled, without 
prior approval of the Dean of the College and the head of the depart- 
ment in which the student is majoring. 

5. By state law, one of the requirements for a diploma or certificate 
from schools supported by the state of Georgia is a demonstration of 
proficiency in United States history and government and in Georgia 
history and government. A student at Armstrong State College may 
demonstrate such proficiency by: 

(1) Examinations — 

Students may take either the relevant CLEP, SAT Achievement, or 
Advanced Placement test (making their own arrangements). 

(2) Credit in the following — 

for U.S. and Georgia Constitution: Political Science 113 

for U.S. and Georgia History; History 251 or 252 or any upper 

division course in U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn at 
Armstrong at least 45 quarter hours of credit applicable toward the 
degree, and he must complete successfully at Armstrong a majority 
of the credits required in his major field of study. Additionally, the 
student must complete successfully at Armstrong a majority of the 
upper division credits required in his major field of study. For the 
Associate Degree, the student must complete at least 45 quarter 
hours of course work at Armstrong State College. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an over-all average of 2.0 or 
better considering work taken at all colleges, computed in such man- 
ner that a course will be counted only once, regardless of the number 
of times that it has been repeated. The grade earned in the last at- 
tempt will determine the number of honor points assigned for 
graduation. Additionally, the student must earn a grade point 
average of 2.0 or better on each of the following: 

a. all work at Armstrong 

b. all courses in the major field. 



(For regulations on grade point average governing probation and 
dismissal, see page 67). 

8. To qualify for a second baccalaureate degree, a candidate must earn 
at Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of credit and, of course, 
meet all qualitative requirements for the degree. 

9. Before a degree will be conferred upon a student by Armstrong State 
College, he must pay all fees and must submit to the Registrar his 
completed Application for Graduation two quarters before 
graduation. A candidate for a degree, unless excused in writing by 
the President, Dean of the College, or Dean of Student Affairs, must 
attend the graduation exercises at which a degree is to be conferred 
upon him. 

10. Each student must successfully complete the Regents Examination as 
a requirement for graduation. 



COURSE AND STUDY LOAD 

The normal course load for full-time students is 15-18 quarter hours (and 
a course in physical education during the freshman and sophomore years). 
An average student should devote at least thirty hours each week, in ad- 
dition, to course preparation. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or more 
quarter hours. A part-time student is one registered for less than 12 quarter 
hours. (The Veterans Administration and Selective Service regulations often 
require that the student be enrolled for more than 12 quarter hours to be 
classified as a full-time student.) 

The maximum course load for a student who works full-time is 1 1 quarter 
hours. A working student should plan about ten hours preparation per week 
for each 5 quarter hour course. 



CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

A student who has earned 45 quarter hours of credit will be classified as a 
sophomore; 90 quarter hours of credit, as a junior; 135 quarter hours of 
credit, as a senior. 



PERMISSION FOR OVERLOAD OR COURSES 
AT ANOTHER COLLEGE 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be granted by the 
Registrar to a student: 



a) with an average grade of "B" for the preceding quarter, or 

b) with an overall gradepoint average of 3 .0, or 

c) requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to 
graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter hours in 
any one quarter. 

A student who is on academic probation will not be permitted to register 
for more than 18 quarter hours in any one quarter. 

Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the Dean of the 
College. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes courses for 
credit at another college may not transfer such credit to Armstrong, unless 
he has obtained in advance the written permission of the Dean of 
Armstrong State College to register for those courses. 

REPORTS AND GRADES 

The faculty feels that students in college should be held accountable for 
their scholarship. Accordingly, grade reports, warnings of deficient scholar- 
ship and all such notices are not sent to parents or guardians by the 
Registrar except on request. Instead, the students themselves receive these 
reports and are expected to contact their advisors whenever their work is un- 
satisfactory. Grade reports are issued at the end of each quarter. Reports of 
unsatisfactory grades are issued in the middle of each quarter. Each student 
has access to an advisor; in addition, the Registrar and all instructors are 
available to help any student seeking assistance. 

Reports are based on the following system of grading. 

Grade Honor Points 

A 4.0 

B 3.0 

C 2.0 

D 1.0 

F 

I Incomplete 

W Withdrew with no grade 
NC No credit 

S Satisfactory completion of institutional credit courses 
U Unsatisfactory completion of institutional credit courses 
CR Credit by examination 

A student who receives an "I" (incomplete grade) should consult his in- 
structor at once and arrange to complete the requirements of the course. An 



"I" grade which has not been removed by the middle of the succeeding 
quarter automatically becomes an "F". 



HONORS 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten quarter hours of course 
work who earn an honor point average of at least 3.5 will be placed on the 
Dean's List, published quarterly. Only course work taken at Armstrong will 
be used in the computation of Dean's List honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point average of 
3.2 through 3.499 will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point 
average of 3.5 through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point 
average of 3.8 through 4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited institutions will be 
considered in computing honors for graduation. 

ATTENDANCE 

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the effect of a 
student's attendance on his grades in a course are left entirely to the 
discretion of the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything that is announced, 
discussed, or lectured upon in class as well as for mastering all assigned 
reading; he is also responsible for turning in on time all assignments and 
tests, including recitation and unannounced quizzes. The best way to meet 
these responsibilities is to attend classes regularly. An instructor may drop a 
student from any class with a grade of "F" if he thinks that excessive ab- 
sence prevents that student from satisfactorily fulfilling his responsibilities. 
If such excessive absence is the result of prolonged illness, death in the 
family, college business, or religious holidays, the withdrawal grade will be 
either "W" or "F" depending on the student's status at the time he was 
dropped. Instructors will be responsible for informing each of his classes at 
its first meeting what constitutes excessive absence in that particular class. 
Each student is responsible for knowing the attendance regulation in his 
class and for complying with it. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

All students who are enrolled for ten quarter hours or more on the day 
schedule are required to complete six hours of physical education, of which 



P.E. 117 (Basic Health) and P.E. 103 (Elementary Swimming) or P.E. 108 
(Intermediate Swimming) are required. During his freshman year, a student 
should take P.E. 117 and 103 or 108. During their sophomore year, students 
may elect any three Physical Education activity courses with the last two 
numbers being 01 to 09. 

Any student who holds a valid senior life saving certificate and/or a valid 
water safety instructor certificate and/or passes the Armstrong swimming 
test may be exempted from the required swimming course (P.E. 103 or 108). 

A student graduating with an Associate in Arts Degree in less than six 
quarters must take one course in each quarter of his freshman and 
sophomore years. 

Students enrolled in the Associate in Arts Degree program in nursing are 
required to complete three physical education courses. 

A student who has completed at least six months of military service is 
required to take only four hours in physical education, which he may 
choose from all scheduled offerings, during his freshman and sophomore 
years. 

Physical education is not required of anyone who is beyond the age of 25 
at the time of initial matriculation, or of anyone enrolled primarily in 
evening classes. 

The department requires all students to make up excused absences; unex- 
cused absences lower the final grade. 



ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

A student who maintains or exceeds the gradepoint average indicated 
below for quarter hours attempted will be considered in good standing. 

When a student first falls below the GPA required for the appropriate ac- 
cumulation of hours, he will be placed on academic warning. If he does not 
raise his GPA to a satisfactory level the next quarter, he will be placed on 
academic probation. 

Quarter Hours A ttempted at Required Cumulative 

A rmstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-15 1.3 

16-30 1.4 

31-45 1.5 

46-60 1 .6 

61-75 1.7 

76-90 1.8 



91-105 1.9 

106-120 1.9 

121-135 and over 2.0 

A student on academic probation who raises his cumulative gradepoint 
average during the probationary quarter to equal or to exceed the ap- 
propriate figure in the foregoing table will be removed from academic 
probation. One who fails to achieve the required cumulative average, but 
who does earn an average of at least 2.0 during the probationary quarter, 
will be continued on probation for the next quarter of attendance. The 
College places no restrictions on the extracurricular activities of students 
who are placed on academic probation. Any student on academic probation 
should plan both his curricular and extracurricular activities with care, con- 
sulting with his advisor in so doing. 

The student on academic probation who does not achieve the required 
cumulative average or who does not earn an average of at least 2.0 for the 
quarter in which he is on probation will be suspended from the college for 
one quarter. A student who is on academic suspension for the first time, 
however, has the option of attending summer school without having to ap- 
peal the suspension. A third academic suspension is final. 

A student re-entering the college after academic suspension is placed on 
probation and must meet the requirements listed above. 

A student suspended for academic reasons may appeal by letter to the 
President, who will refer the appeal to the Committee on Academic Stand- 
ing. Such a letter of appeal should state the nature of any extenuating cir- 
cumstances relating to the academic deficiency; the letter should be recieved 
by the President no later than 9 a.m. on registration day. No action will be 
taken on appeals received later than 12:00 noon on the day following 
registration day. 



REPEATING COURSES 

Any course for which a grade of "D" or "F" has been recorded may be 
repeated with the last grade earned to be counted in academic averages. A 
student who repeats any such courses should complete a "Notice of Course 
Repetition" form available in the Registrar's Office. 



DROPPING COURSES 

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun must ob- 
tain a Drop-Add Notice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice must be 
signed by the instructor of the course being dropped and returned by the 
student to the Registrar's Office. 

£S2 






A student who drops a course not more than seven class days after the 
course begins will receive no grade for the course. A student who drops a 
course after the first seven class days and before the last eight class days, 
will receive a grade of "W" or "F" depending on his status in the course. A 
student may not voluntarily drop a course during the last eight class days of 
a quarter. 



WITHDRAWING FROM COLLEGE 

Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw from college must begin 
the process in the Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal is 
required to insure that the student is eligible to return to Armstrong State 
College at a future date. Any refund to which a student is entitled will be 
considered on the basis of the date which appears on the withdrawal form. 



AUDITING 

A regular student wishing to "audit" a course without receiving credit 
must obtain the written permission of the instructor before he registers for 
the course. During the registration process the student should request a 
special "audit" course card. (Policy for some courses forbids "auditing.") 
An "auditor" cannot change to regular credit status after the first week of 
class. A student may not change from credit status to audit status after the 
first seven class meetings. A student who registers for a course as an 
"auditor" receives no credit, "N.C.", on his transcript. Regular schedules 
of fees apply to auditors. 



REGENTS EXAMINATION 

University System policy requires that all students successfully complete 
tests of writing skills and reading comprehension as a requirement for 
graduation. A student will be notified to take the tests in the quarter im- 
mediately following that in which he completes his 55th quarter hour. In or- 
der to insure adequate preparation for the tests, freshmen are expected to 
begin the sequence of required English composition courses no later than 
their second quarter of attendance. 

Transfer students who have completed more than 55 quarter hours and 
who have not successfully completed the tests are responsible for meeting 
this requirement at the earliest possible opportunity. For test dates, see the 
Academic Calendar published in this Bulletin. 



Any student who neglects to take the Regents Examination in the ap- 
propriate quarter will be prohibited from registering or pre-registering at 
the College for subsequent quarters. 



Those students who do not successfully complete the Regents 
Examination on their first attempts will be required to complete the English 
Composition sequence required in their degree programs before being 
allowed to retake the examination. Students who fail the examination may 
be required to take a course of remediation as provided by the Academic 
Skills Laboratory and/or the Department of Languages and Literature. 



EXIT EXAMINATIONS 

Each student who receives a degree from Armstrong State College at the 
Associate or Baccalaureate degree level is required to take an Exit 
Examination in his/her major area. This Exit Examination is com- 
prehensive in nature. Please see the appropriate Department Head for fur- 
ther information concerning these Exit Examinations. 



HONOR CODE 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is dedicated to the 
proposition that the protection of the grading system is in the interest of the 
student community. The Student Court is an institutional means to assure 
that the student community shall have primary disposition of infractions of 
the Honor Code and that students accused of such infractions shall enjoy 
those procedural guarantees traditionally considered essential to a fair and 
impartial hearing, the foremost of which is the presumption of innocence 
until guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 



I. Responsibilities of Students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor Code. A 
student shall not be accepted at Armstrong State College unless he 
signs the following statement at the time of his first registration: "I 
have read the Honor Code of Armstrong State College. I understand 
the Code and agree that as a student at Armstrong, I must comply 
with these requirements." This statement shall be printed on the ap- 
plication for admission to the college and must be signed by the 
student. The Honor Code shall be printed in the official Bulletin and 
the Student Handbook. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student Court or its designated 
representative to conduct an orientation program at the beginning of 
each quarter for all newly entering students to explain fully the Honor 
Code and to allow full discussion of its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to the Honor 
Code is invited to seek assistance in the Office of Student Affairs. 



70 



II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) general and (b) 
those related to the peculiarities of specific course-related problems 
and to the understanding of individual instructors. Any instructor 
whose conception of cheating would tend to enlarge or contract the 
general regulations defining cheating must explicitly notify the af- 
fected students of the qualifications to the general regulations which 
he wishes to stipulate. The following will be considered general 
violations of the Honor Code. 

1 . Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assignment, test 
or paper. The meaning of "unauthorized help" shall be made clear 
by the instructor of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 



III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Office of 
Student Affairs for assistance in contacting members of the Stu- 
dent Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has broken the Honor Code should 
report himself to a member of the Student Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a violation of 
the Honor Code must report the matter. This may be done in one 
of two ways. 

1 . He may tell the person thought to be guilty to report himself to 
a member of the Student Court no later than the end of the 
next school day. After this designated time, the person who is 
aware of the violation must inform a member of the Student 
Court so that the Student Court may contact the accused per- 
son if he has not already reported himself. 

2. He may report the suspected violation directly to a member of 
the Student Court without informing the accused. 



IV. The procedural rights of students accused of violations of the Honor 
Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of an accused is the right to a fair 
and impartial hearing and the right to be presumed innocent until 
proven guilty. Specific rights are as follows: 

1 . The accused will be notified in writing by the Student Court or its 
designated representative of the nature and details of the offense 
with which he is charged along with the names of his accusers and 
the principal witnesses to be brought against him. This notification 
shall occur no less than three days prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel of his own choosing. Such 
counsel will not participate directly in the proceedings except to 
advise his client. It is expected that such counsel will be drawn 
from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be afforded 
an opportunity to present witnesses and documentary or other 
evidence. The accused and any individual bringing the charges 
shall have the right to cross examine all witnesses and may, where 
the witnesses cannot appear because of illness or other cause ac- 
ceptable to the Court, present the sworn statement of the wit- 
nesses. The Court shall not be bound by formal rules governing 
the presentation of evidence, and it may consider any evidence 
presented which is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against himself. The 
Court may not take the refusal of accused to testify as evidence 
of guilt, but this proviso does not give the accused immunity from 
a hearing or from recommendations reached in a hearing simply 
because the accused does not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of the 
hearing and to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for consideration 
upon initiation of the accused acting through normal appeal chan- 
nels. The accused shall not be put in double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room during the 
course of a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such observers of 
the hearing as may be commensurate with the space available. 
Otherwise, in the interests of the right of privacy of the accused, 
hearings will be private, except that the College may also have ob- 
servers additional to the advisors to the Student Court. 



72 



V. The Honor Code Commission, The Student Court Selection Com- 
mittee, The Student Court, and Advisers to the Court 

A. Honor Code Commission 

It shall be the purpose of the Honor Code Commission to ad- 
minister the student academic honor code. The Commission will 
have the responsibility for revising and updating the student 
academic honor code as needs arise. The Honor Code Commission 
shall consist of the President, Vice-President, and Secretary of the 
Student Government Association and the current President and 
Secretary of Student Court together with three faculty members 
appointed by the President of the college. 

B. Student Court Selection Committee 

The Student Court Selection Committee will select members for 
the Student Court. The Student Court Selection Committee will 
consist of two faculty members from the Honor Code Com- 
mission, one of whom is the chairperson of that commission, two 
students from the Honor Code Commission, one of whom is a 
member of the Student Court, two faculty members from the Con- 
duct Committee, one of whom is the chairperson of that com- 
mittee, two students from the Conduct Committee, one of whom 
is a member of the Student Court, and the Dean of Students. 

C. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected by the Student Court Selec- 
tion Committee and will be composed of twelve students. Due 
consideration will be given to equitable apportionment of court 
members of the basis of academic class, race, and sex. Students 
on academic probation may not serve. All appointments will be 
issued and accepted in writing. Appointments will be made 
during Spring Quarter in time for newly elected members of the 
Court to assume their duties by May 1. Appointments will be 
made as needed to keep the Student Court staffed to do business 
on a reasonably prompt basis. These appointments may con- 
stitute permanent or temporary replacements as the Student 
Court Selection Committee deems necessary. ♦ 

2. The Student Court will elect a President, Vice-President, and a 
Secretary from its membership. The President will preside at all 
meetings. The Vice-President will assume the duties of the 
President if the President is absent. The Secretary will maintain 
written notes of all proceedings and audiotape records of all 
testimony, and will maintain exhibits of evidence which by their 
nature may reasonably be maintained in the Court files. A 
quorum of the Court shall consist of eight members. A two- 
thirds majority secret ballot vote is required to reach a finding of 
guilty. All other questions may be decided by a simple majority 
vote. 

73 



3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer Quarter 
shall include all appointed members in attendance, and others as 
shall be appointed to membership by the Student Court Selec- 
tion Committee. 

4. Student Court Members shall examine their consciences 
carefully to determine whether they can in good conscience serve 
on a panel hearing a particular case, and in the event that there is 
any doubt, whatsoever, such members shall excuse themselves 
from duty on the specific panel in question. 

D. Advisers to the Court 

1 .An adviser and an associate adviser to the Student Court shall be 

appointed by the President of the College. 
2. Ordinarily the adviser will serve in that office for one year only 
and usually will be succeeded in that position by the associate 
adviser. Therefore, after the initial appointments, only an 
associate adviser will ordinarily be appointed each year. The suc- 
cession of an associate to the adviser position is deemed to occur 
on the last day of Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the adviser 
is unable to complete his term, the associate adviser shall suc- 
ceed to the office of adviser and another associate adviser shall 
be appointed by the above procedures. If, during the Summer 
Quarter, neither adviser is on campus, a temporary adviser will 
be appointed. 

3. Duties of the adviser and the associate adviser: It shall be the 
duty of the adviser to consult with the Court and to offer advice 
to the President and members of the Court on substantive and 
procedural questions. The adviser, or the associate adviser in the 
event the adviser is unable to attend, shall be present at all 
meetings and hearings of the Court. The adviser may not vote 
nor may he participate directly in the conduct of hearings before 
the Court except through the chairman, or acting chairman, of 
the Court. The adviser should be governed at all times by the 
principle that a hearing before the Student Court is primarily a 
matter of student responsibility. 

VI. Procedures and Penalties Adopted by the Student Court: 

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws governing internal 
organization and procedure. Such bylaws must be consistent with the 
Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held on a 
date not less than three (3) nor more than ten (10) class days after 
notice to the accused as provided in Section IV-2. Exceptions to 
these time requirements may be granted. 

74 



B. Upon reaching a finding of quilty, the Court shall make a recom- 
mendation to the Dean of the College as to the administrative ac- 
tion it deems appropriate within the following limitations: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test credit 
for the assignment or test for violations involving cheating as 
specified in Section II, subsections 1, 2 and 3. Additional 
penalties such as reprimands, suspension, or others may be 
recommended for any aspects of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall be 
suspension for a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be suspension for 
three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be informed of 
the Court's finding, and its recommendation to the Dean of the 
College. If the finding is guilty, the accused will be informed that 
the Court may re-open the case with the consent of the accused for 
good cause, within a three week period. 

D. The Dean of the College will inform all involved persons in writing 
of the action he has taken in view of Court recommendations. The 
Court Secretary will post public notice of the Dean's action by case 
number without identifying the accused. 



VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should a student have cause to question the findings of the Court or 
the action of the Dean of the College or both, he has the right of ap- 
peal. The channels of appeal are as follows: 

A. Court findings and/or the administrative action of the Dean of the 
College may be appealed within five days by writing the President 
of the College. Further appeal procedures will conform to the ap- 
peal procedures of the College and of the Policies of the Board of 
Regents, University System of Georgia (a copy of these policies is 
available in the Library; see chapter on Students, section on ap- 
peals, page 165, 1969 edition). 



VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to reported infractions of the 
Honor Code, the Student Court is ultimately responsible to the 
President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished ordinarily 
through the Dean of Student Affairs and the Advisors. 

75 



A. Dean of Student Affairs 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College Statutes, 
the Dean of Student Affairs will provide general supervision of the 
Student Court and will provide other guidance or services as di- 
rected by the President of the College. 



IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require confirmation by majority 
vote of those faculty and student body members voting. 



GRADUATE PROGRAM REGULATIONS 

Academic regulations relating to the graduate programs are published in 
the Graduate Bulletin. Further information may be obtained from the 
Associate Dean for Graduate Studies at either Armstrong State College or 
Savannah State College. 




76 



VII. STUDENT SERVICES, ACTIVITIES 

The Office of Student Affairs, administered by the Dean of Student Af- 
fairs, is responsible for all student services and activities. In addition to for- 
mal classroom instruction, the College recognizes the need for providing 
programs and services which contribute to a well-round college experience. 
Such programs are administered by the Office of Student Affairs through 
the following individuals: Counselors, Director of Placement, Director of 
Financial Aid, Director of Student Activities, Recruiter, and the Campus 
Nurse. 



COUNSELING 

Counselors are available in the Office of Student Affairs to assist stu- 
dents in making successful and realistic decisions and in choosing ap- 
propriate routes for attaining selected goals. The counseling process focuses 
on increasing the student's self-understanding and respect for his own 
ability to make decisions that will affect his life. All discussions are con- 
fidential. 

Counselors can assist students in clarifying educational and vocational 
objectives, in developing effective study skills and habits, and in dealing 
with problems of social and emotional significance. Counseling services are 
available to students at no charge. 



VETERANS SERVICES 

Armstrong State College maintains a full-time Office of Veterans Affairs 
located in Memorial College Center. The office employs a number of 
student/veterans to assist in meeting the needs of the veteran student body 
at Armstrong. A professional counselor is available to assist veterans with 
admission procedures, academic advisement, career development, and 
social and emotional adjustments to college life. The office also assists 
veterans in finding part-time employment and housing. 

Veterans, Disability, and War Orphans Assistance 

Eligibility. Veterans who served on active duty for other than training 
purposes for more than 180 days, any part of which occurred after January 
31, 1955, are eligible for financial assistance to attend college. Generally, 
sons and daughters of veterans whose death or total disablement was a 
result of service in the armed forces are eligible for financial benefits under 
the veterans program for educational assistance. 

How To Apply. A prospective student must first make application to the 
College and gain approval for admission from the Office of the 
Registrar/Director of Admissions. Once accepted, the veteran should go to 
the local office of the Georgia Department of Veterans Service located at 21 

77 



East York Street, Savannah, Georgia, and have an application for VA 
educational benefits completed. The veteran must carry a copy of his 
Record of Discharge, DD Form 214, and supporting documentation of 
dependency status (marriage certificate; divorce decree, if previously 
married; and birth certificates of all dependent children). The veteran will 
then be given the forms to be presented to the Office of Veterans Affairs at || 
Armstrong State College. Any student receiving government benefits from 
the Veterans Administration must check with the Armstrong State College . 
Office of Veterans Affairs at the beginning of each quarter and file a form 
declaring the number of credit hours which he is attempting. Those veterans 
entering school under GI Bill benefits should have sufficient funds to 
finance themselves for one quarter or until payments from the VA begin 
(approximately six weeks after application). 



TESTING SERVICES 

A variety of tests and inventories are available through, and often in 
eluded in, counseling services. Such tests help students to evaluate personal, 
educational, or vocational needs. Test results are confidential. 

The following national testing programs are administered regularly by 
members of the counseling staff: College Level Examination Program I 
(CLEP), Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test, Graduate Record Examination | 
(GRE), National Teacher Examination (NTE), and the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test (SAT). Information and applications for the Dental Admissions Test, 
the Graduate School Foreign Language Test (GSFLT), Law School Ad- 
mission Test (LSAT), the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), 
Professional and Administrative Career Examination (PACE), and State 
Merit Examination may be obtained from the counseling office. 



ORIENTATION 

The decision to enter college for further education and knowledge is an 
important point in an individual's process of self-development. The Sum- 
mer Orientation Program (CHAOS) at Armstrong State College is planned 
to aid the student in his transition to college by exposing him to the 
dynamics of successful decision-making. Using techniques that encourage 
the realization of possible outcomes and consequences, the student will 
learn to explore his possibilities with more understanding and confidence. 

Freshmen participating in this program will be given information con- 
cerning student activities programs, visit campus facilities, and plan their 
class schedules with academic advisors. 

An abbreviated orientation program is scheduled for students new to the 
college prior to registration Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters. 

78 



PLACEMENT OFFICE 

The Placement Office, located in the Administration Building, offers 
general assistance in the planning of career directions. The office operates a 
personal resume service for all regularly enrolled students and alumni of the 
college, receives listings of full-time career opportunities, and arranges on- 
campus recruiting with business, governmental and educational agencies. 
Students who wish to make use of the Placement Service should contact the 
Placement Office at least one year prior to completion of studies. 

The Placement Office also provides a job listing and referral system for 
currently enrolled students who are seeking part-time, temporary, or 
vacation employment. 



CONDUCT 

Every student who enrolls in a course at Armstrong State College com- 
mits himself, by the act of enrolling, to full compliance with the rules and 
regulations of the Honor System and Code of Conduct. The Honor System 
is outlined under "Academic Regulations" in this Bulletin and the Code of 
Conduct is published in the Armstrong Student Handbook, Students 
Illustrated. 

Compliance with the regulations and policies of the faculty of Armstrong 
State College and the Regents of the University System of Georgia is 
assumed. To enroll is to agree to assume responsibility for adhering to 
policies and using established channels to promote change. Not to do so is 
sufficient basis for the college to terminate a student's enrollment. 



STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 

In addition to an outstanding academic program, Armstrong State 
College offers a complete program of extra-curricular student activities 
designed to contribute to the development of the student and to assist him in 
becoming an active and productive member of the community in which he 
lives. 

Student organizations at Armstrong State College reflect the natural 
variety of interests found in a diversified student body. Individuals who 
seek a well-rounded education will avail themselves of the varied op- 
portunities afforded through the college program of student activities. 

A variety of clubs and organizations representing varied interests and ac- 
tivities are available to students at Armstrong State College. These include 
the following: 

7Q 



Religious: 

United Christians on Campus 

Baptist Student Union 
Greeks: 

Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Phi Mu Sorority 

Phi Kappa Theta Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity 

Pi Kappa Alpha Fraternity 

Sigmu Nu Fraternity 
Professional: 

Student Nurses Association of Georgia 

Future Secretaries Association 

Student Association of Educators 

American Junior Dental Hygienists Association 

Armstrong State College Mathematics Association 

Sigma Alpha Eta (National Speech & Hearing Association) 

American Chemical Society 

Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education) 

Computer Science Club 
Interest: 

Glee Club 

Band 

Chess Club 

Cheerleaders 

Masquers 

Women of the World (WOW) 

Buccaneers 

Black American Movement 
Honorary: 

Delta Lamba Alpha (Scholastic honorary for freshman women) 

Phi Delta Theta (History) 

Pi Delta Phi (French) 

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 



STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

The Student Government Association is the official governing body of 
the students at Armstrong State College. It assists in formulating a program 
of student services and activities, and it strives to express the will of the 
majority of students and to provide experience in democratic living. 

All students are automatically members of the Student Government 
Association and are entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qualified students 
may seek positions of leadership in the Student Government Association by 
running for office during the spring quarter. 

80 






STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

The official student publications on campus include the Inkwell (the 
college newspaper) and the Geechee (the college annual). These publications 
are produced by students under the supervision of approved college ad- 
visors. Financed in part by the Student Activity Fund, these publications 
provide opportunities for students in creative writing, reporting, and 
design. 



HEALTH 

Armstrong State College maintains a campus infirmary where a 
registered nurse is on duty from 8:15 a.m. until 5 p.m. Students who 
become ill or who are involved in accidents while on campus should not 
hesitate to avail themselves of this service. 

The college also makes available, on a voluntary basis, a student health 
and accident insurance policy. Information regarding the program may be 
secured in the Office of Student Affairs. 



DENTAL HYGIENE SERVICES 

The Dental Hygiene Clinic is available to Armstrong State College and 
Savannah State College students who wish to receive an oral prophylaxis 
and a fluoride treatment. School identification cards will be requested by 
the Clinic receptionist. 






ALUMNI OFFICE 



The primary purposes of the Alumni Office are to keep former students 
informed about the college and to help them keep in touch with each other. 
Any person who at any time was matriculated as a regular student is eligible 
for membership in the Alumni Association and, upon pyament of his dues, 
will receive association periodicals, and may vote and hold office in the 
Association. The Alumni Office assists in arranging class reunions, board 
meetings, and other functions. For further information contact the Alumni 
Secretary. 



HOUSING 

There is no student housing on campus. Private apartments for male, 
female, and married students are available within walking distance of 
Armstrong State College. For further information regarding housing, 
please contact the Office of Student Affairs. 

81 



ATHLETICS 

Armstrong State College is affiliated with the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association, College Division. The College holds membership in 
the South Atlantic Conference. College teams participate in intercollegiate 
competition in basketball, baseball, tennis, golf, cross country track events, 
and bowling. The Armstrong Pirates (Basketball) were the 1975 SAC cham- 
pions and participated in the NCAA national play-offs. 



INTRAMURALS 

The Student Intramural Council and Intramural Department provide a 
diversified program available to all students and faculty including organized 
competitive sports, recreational activities, and clubs. Any student interested 
in participating in these activities should contact the Director of In- 
tramurals. 



CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES 

Armstrong State College provides a variety of cultural opportunities for 
its students. Lectures by eminent scholars in the various academic fields and 
musical concerts by outstanding artists are an integral part of the program 
in general education. Student dramatic productions under professional 
direction and the student choral and instrumental groups have created 
distinguished traditions. 



ARMSTRONG SUMMER THEATRE 

The Armstrong Summer Theatre presents annually during the Summer 
Quarter a season of three plays with popular appeal, produced by a com- 
pany of amateur talents (actors and technicians) from the college com- 
munity. Participants may receive college credit (see course listing under 
Department of Languages and Literature). 



82 



VIII. DEGREE PROGRAMS 



UNIVERSITY SYSTEM CORE CURRICULUM 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core 
Curriculum for all baccalaureate degree programs the following minimum 
number of quarter hours in the major areas of study: 



A re as of Study Min imum Quarter 

Hours Required 

I. Humanities, including, but not limited to grammar 

and composition and literature 20 

II. Mathematics and the natural sciences, including, 
but not limited to, mathematics and a 10-hour 
sequence of laboratory courses in the biological 
or physical sciences 20 

III. Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, 

history and American Government 20 

IV. Courses appropriate to the major field of the 

individual student 30 

TOTAL. . .90 

In addition to the University System Core Curriculum requirements as 
outlined above, Armstrong State College requires six quarter hours in 
physical education as part of all baccalaureate degree programs. 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE CORE CURRICULUM 

The student in any baccalaureate degree program at Armstrong State 
College must complete the following specific Core Curriculum require- 
ments. Consult the relevant departmental section for a complete state- 
ment of degree requirements for a specific program. 

Quarter Hours 

Area I. Humanities 20 

English 121, 122, and 221 
One of the following courses: 

Art 200, Art 290, Art 291, Music 200, 
Philosophy 201 , English 222 



Quarter Hours 

Area II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20 

One of the following course sequences: 
Mathematics 101, 103 
Mathematics 101, 195 
Mathematics 101,220 
Mathematics 101,290 

One of the following course sequences: 
Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 



Area III. Social Sciences 20 

History 114*, 115* 
Political Science 113* 
One course selected from: 

Psychology 101 , Sociology 201 , Anthropology 201 , 

Economics 201 

Area IV. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

Biology: Qtr. Hrs. 

Foreign Language 101 , 102 10 

Chemistry 128, 129 10 

Botany 203 5 

Zoology 204 5 

Business Administration: Qtr. Hrs 

B.A. 211,212 10 

Economics 201 ,202 10 

Mathematics 220 5 

B.A. 215 5 

Business Education: Qtr. Hrs. 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Speech 228 5 

B.A.211,212 10 

Economics 202 5 



** Chemistry: Qtr. Hrs. 

Physics 213 5 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

Mathematics 104, 201 10 

84 






Computer Science: Qtr. Hrs. 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202, 220 20 

Computer Science 1 10, 241 10 

Criminal Justice: Qtr. Hrs. 

History 251* or 252* 5 

C.J. 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

Dental Hygiene Education: 

Associate degree required for admission to upper two-year curriculum. 

Economics: Qtr. Hrs. 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, or 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202 15 

Mathematics 220 5 

Economics 201 , 202 10 

Elementary Education: Qtr. Hrs. 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from: 

Geography 111; Chemistry, Physics, or 

Physical Science (100-200 level) 15 

Speech 228 5 

English: Qtr. Hrs. 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Electives from: Art 200, 290, 291; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201; English 222 10 

French Qtr. Hrs. 

French 101, 102, 103, 201 20 

Electives from: Art 200, 290, 291; 

Music 200; Philosophy 201 10 

History: Qtr. Hrs. 

Foreign Language 101 , 102 10 

History 251, 252* 10 

Electives to be chosen from: 
Anthropology 201; 

Criminal Justice 300; Economics 201 , Geography 111, 
Mathematics 220, Political Science 200, Psychology 101, 
Sociology 201 , Social Work 250 10 

Mathematics (B. S. degree): Qtr. Hrs. 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202, 203 20 

Foreign Language 101,102 10 

0< 



Mathematics (B. S. Ed. degree): Qtr. Hrs. 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 5 

Mathematics 104, 201, 202 15 

Speech 228 5 

Medical Technology: Qtr. Hrs. 

Physics 21 1,212, 213 15 

Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

**Music: Qtr. Hrs. 

Music Theory 111, 112, 113,211,212,213 18 

Applied Music 140, 141, 142, 240 8 

Music 250(Ensemble) 4 

Music Education: Qtrs. 

Psychology 101 5 

Education 203 , 5 

Elective from: Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200 5 

Fifteen quarter hours to be selected from: 

Music Theory 111, 112, 113,211,212,213; 

Applied Music 140, 141, 142,240 15 

Nursing: Qtr. Hrs. 

Zoology 208, 209 10 

Biology 210 5 

Sociology 201 5 

Nursing 101, 102 16 

Physical Education: Qtr. Hrs. 

Speech 228 5 

Education 203 5 

P.E.218 5 

P.E. 228, 229 10 

Psychology 101 5 

Political Science: Qtr. Hrs. 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or 

Computer Science 110, 231,241 15 

History 251* or 252* 5 

Electives to be chosen from: 

Anthropology 201 , Criminal Justice 300, Economics 201 , 

Geograph 111, History 251 or 252, Psychology 101, 

Sociology 201, Social Work 250 10 

""""Psychology: *Qtr. Hrs. 

Mathematics 220 5 

Additional Lab Science Sequence 10 



Electives from: Biology 101, 102; Anthropology 201; 

Sociology 201 ; Philosophy 201 10 

Psychology 101 5 

Social Work: Qtr. Hrs. 
Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 or Philosophy 201, Anthro- 
pology 201 and Social Science elective (100-200 level) 15 

Sociology 201 5 

History 252* 5 

Social Work 250 5 

Speech Correction: Qtr. Hrs. 

Physical Science 121 5 

Education 203 5 

Mental Health Work 102 5 

Special Education 205, 225, 230 15 

Area V. Physical Education Requirements (All Programs) 6 

P.E. 103 and P. E. 117 

Three of the following courses: 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 



TOTAL. . . 96 

The student should complete all Core Curriculum requirements during 
his freshman and sophomore years. ALL STUDENTS ARE REMINDED 
THAT SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THE REGENTS 
EXAMINATION IS A REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION FROM 
ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE. THEY ARE ALSO REMINDED 
THAT THE TAKING OF AN EXIT EXAMINATION IN THEIR 
MAJOR AREAS IS ALSO A REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION. 

*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section in this Bulletin, or request further information from the Head of the 
Department of History and Political Science. 

**In addition, a foreign language sequence is recommended. 

DIAGNOSTIC TESTS IN ENGLISH AND 
MATHEMATICS 

The College reserves the right to place entering students in appropriate 
English and Mathematics courses. Diagnostic tests are administered for this 
purpose. Each student must take the diagnostic test in mathematics before 
he may register for Mathematics 101 and must take the diagnostic test in 
English before he may register for English 191, 110, or 121. The dates 
scheduled for the administration of these diagnostic tests are listed in the 
College Calendar. 

87 



STATE REQUIREMENTS IN HISTORY AND 
GOVERNMENT 

By state law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate from a 
school supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate proficiency in 
United States History and Government and in Georgia History and Govern- 
ment. A student at Armstrong State College may demonstrate such 
proficiency by successfully completing History 251 or 252 and Political 
Science 113 or by successfully completing exemption examinations for 
which credit will be awarded. See "Academic Regulations" section in this 
Bulletin, or request further information from the Head of the Department 
of History and Political Science. Scheduled dates for exemption 
examinations are listed in the College Calendar. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
AND THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of Bachelor 
of Arts with a major in English, French, History, Music, Political Science, 
Psychology, Social Work, or Economics, or to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Criminal Justice, or 
Mathematics are described in the appropriate departmental listing. For the 
B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, exclusive of the 
required physical education courses, is required for graduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 96-hour 
core curriculum requirement as listed above. 

The student will not be allowed to take senior division courses in his 
major field unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite 
courses in that field. No major program in a department will require more 
than 60 quarter hours at all levels in the major field; however, the depart- 
ment may recommend up to 70 quarter hours. 

For its major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 quarter 
hours of specific courses or approved elective courses in related fields and 
may require language courses reaching the degree of proficiency specified 
by the department. Total requirements in the major and related fields may 
not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each B.A. or B.S. degree program will include a minimum of 15 quarter 
hours of free electives. 



TEACHER EDUCATION 

All teacher education programs are approved by the National Council for 
the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and by the Georgia State 

88 






Department of Education. Upon verification by the College that the student 
has completed successfully an approved program, the student applies to the 
State Department of Education for the appropriate certificate. Armstrong 
State College offers the following approved Teacher Education programs: 

Approved Programs 

Elementary Education (Grades 1-8) 

Speech Correction 

Secondary Programs (Grades 7-12) 

Business Education (Comprehensive or Bookkeeping and 
Business Management) 

English 

Mathematics 

Science (Biology) 

Science (Chemistry) 

Social Studies (History) 

Social Studies (Political Science) 

Social Studies (Behavioral Sciences) 
All Levels (Grades 1-12) 

Music 

Physical Education 

The college also offers an Associate Library Media Specialist program 
which may constitute an area of concentration for elementary teachers and 
an endorsement on the certificate for secondary teachers. The program is 
also intended to create an interest in librarianship. The courses are Library 
Science 310, 320, 410, and 420 (20 quarter hours credit). 

A student must complete the college approved program for certification 
within four years following his/her admission to the Teacher Education 
Program. In the event that the student does not complete his program in 
four years, he/she must meet the requirements of the program in effect at 
that time. 

All students completing teacher education programs are required to take 
both the Common Examinations and the appropriate Teaching Area 
Examination of the National Teacher Examinations. Students must submit 
the scores from these examinations or evidence that the examinations have 
been completed to the Department of Education before the college can 
verify that an approved program has been completed. Additional in- 
formation about the National Teacher Examinations can be secured from 
the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 



A cadem ic A dvisemen t 

A student who desires to become an elementary or secondary school 
teacher should apply during the first quarter of residence to the Department 

on 



of Education for academic advisement. He should follow without deviation 
the approved program. Upon admission to teacher education, students will 
be assigned advisors as follows: 

1. Elementary education and speech correction majors are assigned an 
advisor in the Department of Education who will assist the student in 
planning the total program of studies. 

2. Students pursuing secondary or all level programs will be assigned an 
advisor in the Department of Education to assist them concerning the 
professional sequence courses and certification requirements. In ad- 
dition, students will have an advisor in the teaching field major to ap- 
prove the courses in the teaching field. Assignment of the teaching 
field advisor will be made by the head of the academic department of- 
fering the major. Each student must have his secondary teaching 
program approved in advance by both advisors. Special forms for this 
purpose are to be filed with each advisor and a copy given to the 
student. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

All students apply for admission to teacher education at Armstrong State 
College. This application will normally be filed during the third quarter of 
the sophomore year or, for transfer students, in the first quarter of the 
junior year. Application forms may be secured from the office of the Head 
of the Department of Education. The following criteria are used in ad- 
mitting applicants to teacher education: 

1. Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of college credit with a 2.50 
GPA and completion of Education 203 and English 121, 122, and 221 
or their equivalents with a "C" or better. 

2. Competence in oral and written expression. 

3. Satisfactory physical and emotional health. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, and teaching potential. 

September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an opportunity for 
future teachers (1) to learn what teachers do at the beginning of a new 
school term, (2) to participate in experiences that will assist the prospective 
teacher with future decisions concerning teaching as a career, and (3) to 
become acquainted with the organization and curriculum of a particular 
school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the first two weeks of the public 
school term (usuallly in late August and early September) and should be 

on 



scheduled during the student's junior or senior year. No credit is given for 
the September Practicum, but it is a requirement in all of the teaching fields 
in the Armstrong State College Teacher Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum should be made during the first 
week of the Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in the forthcoming 
September. The student should contact the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences in the Department of Education. 



Student Teaching 

Student Teaching, the culminating activity of the professional sequence, 
is provided in selected off-campus school centers. The full quarter of 
student teaching is arranged cooperatively by the college, the participating 
schools, and supervising teachers. Completed applications for admission to 
student teaching must be submitted to the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences during the first week of the quarter preceding 
student teaching. While student teaching, the student is required to adhere 
to established policies and procedures of the cooperating school system in 
addition to those policies and procedures established by the college and the 
Department of Education. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at the time assignment is made. 
While student preferences and other personal circumstances are considered, 
the Department of Education reserves the right to exercise its discretion in 
placement. The student will receive a letter of assignment. Orientation to 
student teaching will be held during the first several days of the quarter in 
which student teaching is scheduled. The following requirements must be 
met before a student can enroll in student teaching: 

1 . Be admitted to the Teacher Education Program. 

2. Have at least senior status. All teaching field courses will normally 
have been completed. 

3. Have completed the required professional sequence courses with a 
grade of "C" or higher. Elementary majors must make a grade of 
"C" or higher on all specialized content courses. Students in Speech 
Correction must have completed all of the 300 level sequence courses 
in Special Education with a grade of "C" or better. 

4. Have a 2.5 average at Armstrong State College on all courses at- 
tempted, and "C" or better in all courses acceptable toward the 
teaching field, concentration, and related elective. 

5. Have satisfactorily completed the related professional laboratory ex- 
periences including the "September Practicum." 



6. Have satisfactorily completed the Media Competency Examination. 

7. Be recommended by two academic professors and two members of the 
Department of Education, one of whom must be the student's ad- 
visor. 

8. Be approved by the Head of the Department of Education. 

9. Students in elementary education must have completed at least four of 
the specialized content courses, including the Teaching of Reading, 
with grades of "C" or better. 

A student will not be permitted to take additional courses during student 
teaching. Student teachers are not permitted to teach in a school in which 
their children are enrolled. 



Programs of Study 

Please see appropriate departmental listings for programs of study for 
certification in the various teaching areas. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies 

This two-year program is designed to meet the needs of students who wish 
to qualify for secretarial positions after completing the program. An 
Associate in Arts degree is awarded upon completion of the program. See 
departmental listing for degree requirements. 



Bachelor of Arts 
with a Major in Economics 

Armstrong State College offers a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Economics. This liberal arts 
program provides a good preparation for anyone who plans to work in in- 
dustry, or pursue further professional education in business, economics, 
education, or law. See departmental listing for degree requirements. 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

with Concentrations in Accounting, Economics, Finance, Information 

Systems, Management and Management-Marketing 



Q? 



The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is offered with a choice 
of specialization. These programs are appropriate for students who wish a 
broad general education in business in addition to a concentration in one 
area. See departmental listing for degree requirements. 

Bachelor of Business Administration 
with a Major in Business Education 

This four-year degree program prepares teachers of high school business 
subjects such as bookkeeping and business management and/or secretarial 
skills such as typing, shorthand, office machines, and office procedures. 
See departmental listing for degree requirements. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

The Coordinator of this degree program is Dr. L. B. Davenport, Jr., 
Head of the Department of Biology. Armstrong State College cooperates 
with Memorial Hospital of Chatham County in awarding a Bachelor of 
Science Degree in Medical Technology. This program has been approved by 
the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association 
and by the Board of Schools of Medical Technology of the American 
Society of Clinical Pathologists. 

After satisfactorily completing the required number of courses and hours 
listed above, the degree candidate must complete 12 months in Clinical 
Medical Technology at an approved hospital. Upon satisfactory completion 
of this work, the student will be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science 
and will qualify for the examination given by the Registry of Medical 
Technologists. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIAL WORK 

Armstrong State College offers a four-year program leading to a Bache- 
lor of Arts degree in Social Work which is designed to prepare students to 
assume positions in various social service agencies. This program is of- 
fered cooperatively with Savannah State College and makes use of an off- 
campus facility for various training experiences. Requirements for this 
degree are described in the departmental listing for the Department of 
Psychology and Sociology. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

WITH MAJORS IN MATHEMATICS 

AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College offers the Bachelor of Science in Education 
degree with majors in Mathematics and Physical Education. These 

en 



specialized degree programs are designed to prepare students for careers in | 
the teaching of Mathematics or Physical Education. Requirements for the 
major programs are described in the appropriate departmental listings. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Armstrong State College offers a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Music Education degree designed for those students in Music 
who want to prepare for a career in teaching. Requirements for this degree 
are described in the departmental listing for the Department of Fine Arts. 

NURSING 

Associate in Arts in Nursing 

For the two-year program leading to the Associate in Arts degree in Nurs- 
ing, the student must complete the curriculum of 49 quarter hours in 
academic courses and 52 quarter hours of professional clinical courses as 
listed under the Department of Nursing. This program provides the student 
with the opportunity to obtain a general education and to study nursing at 
the college level. Graduates are eligible for licensure to practice as registered 
nurses. The curriculum is approved by the Georgia State Board of Nursing 
Examiners and is fully accredited by the National League for Nursing. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Armstrong State College offers an upper division undergraduate 
curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing for 
graduate registered nurses from associate degree or diploma nursing 
programs. The program is planned to build on the student's previously 
acquired professional knowledge and experience and is designed to prepare 
registered nurses for first-level leadership positions in nursing. Additional 
information relating to this degree program appears under the listing for the 
Department of Nursing. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

For the two-year (seven quarters) program leading to the Associate in 
Science degree in Dental Hygiene, the student must complete a curriculum 
of 54 quarter hours in academic courses and 61 quarter hours in 
professional dental hygiene courses. The purpose of this program is to 
provide trained personnel in a rapidly growing and important health 
profession. Dental hygienists provide dental health services in private dental 
offices, civil service positions, industry, and in various public health fields. 
They practice under the supervision of a dentist and must pass a state board 

94 



examination for licensure. The curriculum is fully approved by the National 
Council on Dental Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

A Bachelor of Science degree in Dental Hygiene Education can be earned 
by an additional two years (six quarters) of study. This curriculum of 93 
quarter hours is designed to prepare dental hygienists for careers in teaching 
in schools of dental hygiene. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Armstrong State College provides professional education to prepare 
students for careers in many areas in the administration of criminal justice. 
A strong liberal arts emphasis has been developed within the criminal justice 
program, enabling the student to prepare for new and demanding 
requirements in his profession. Specific courses in criminal justice are open 
to all students as electives. Students who plan to follow careers in social 
work, law, journalism, or special education may find courses in the 
criminal justice area both interesting and useful. Non-majors should con- 
sult with their faculty advisors before electing these courses. 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 

The curriculum for this program has been designed to lead to a two-year 
terminal degree, the Associate in Science in Criminal Justice, or to serve as 
the basic preparation for an upper two-year curriculum leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree in Criminal Justice. For course requirements, 
see listing under the Department of Criminal Justice. 

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 

The four-year curriculum for this degree program has been designed to 
provide the broadest possible liberal arts and professional training for 
students who are planning careers in the criminal justice area. The student 
who has earned the Associate in Science degree in Criminal Justice may 
transfer to the baccalaureate program with a minimum of difficulty. For 
specific course requirements, see listing under the Department of Criminal 
Justice. 



MENTAL HEALTH WORK 

Armstrong State College offers a program leading to the Associate in 
Science degree in Mental Health Work. Students in this degree program are 
trained to serve as assistants to professionals in the provision of mental 
health services. The individual who earns this degree may return to the 
college with minimum difficulty to enroll in upper division programs 

95 



leading to a baccalaureate degree. Additional information on this degree 
program is provided in the listing for the Department of Psychology and 
Sociology. 

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete at 
least 45 quarter hours of course-work in this program at Armstrong State 
College. The program is designed to provide a substantial liberal education 
as a base for upper-division specialization. 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 121, 122, 221, and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291 ; Music 200; Philosophy 201 ; English 222 

2. History 114*, 115* 10 

3. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 21 1,212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

4. Mathematics 101 5 

5. Two of the following courses: 10 

Economics 201 

Political Science 113* 
Psychology 101 
Sociology 201 
History 251* or 252* 

6. Physical Education 103, 1 17, and 

three courses selected from: 6 

P.E. 101,102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

7. Electives 35 

TOTAL. . . 96 

(If a student plans to continue work in the future toward a baccalaureate degree, he should 
select courses that will meet the listed requirements of the baccalaureate degree program). 



♦These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



For the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree 
and the Master of Education degree in Elementary Education, Special 
Education — Behavior Disorders, Biology, Chemistry, English, History, 
Political Science, or Mathematics, please see the Graduate Bulletin. 

96 






COMPLETE LIST OF PROGRAMS- 
FOUR YEAR AND TWO YEAR DEGREES 



1 . Bachelor of Arts with a major in Economics. 

2. Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

3. Bachelor of Arts with a major in English and requirements for sec- 
ondary certification. 

4. Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 

5 . Bachelor of Arts with a major in History. 

6. Bachelor of Arts with a major in History and requirements for sec- 
ondary certification. 

7. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Music. 

8. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Political Science. 

9. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Political Science and requirements 
for secondary certification. 

10. Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology. 

1 1 . Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology with a concentration in 
Mental Health Work. 

12. Bachelor of Arts in Psychology and requirements for secondary cer- 
tification in Behavioral Science. 

1 3 . Bachelor of Arts with a major in Social Work. 

14. Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology. 

15. Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology and requirements for 
secondary certification. 

16. Bachelor of Science with a major in Chemistry. 

17. Bachelor of Science with a major in Chemistry and requirements for 
secondary certification. 

18. Bachelor of Science with a major in Criminal Justice. 

19. Bachelor of Science with a major in Mathematics. 

20. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Ac- 
counting. 

21. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in 
Business Education and requirements for secondary certification. 

22. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in 
Economics. 

23. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Fi- 
nance. 

24. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in In- 
formation Systems. 

25. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in 
Management. 

26. Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in 
Management-Marketing. 

27. Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Mathematics. 

28. Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Physical 
Education. 

29. Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Speech Correc- 
tion. 

97 



30. Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education. 

3 1 . Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education. 

32. Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

33 . Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

34. Bachelor of Music Education. 

35. Associate in Arts. 

36. Associate in Arts in Nursing. 

37. Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies. 

38. Associate in Science in Criminal Justice. 

39. Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene. 

40. Associate in Science in Mental Health Work. 




QR 



IX. DEPARTMENTAL COURSE 
OFFERINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 
FOR MAJORS 

Page 

Academic Skills 101 

Anthropology 200 

Art 150 

Biology 102 

Botany 106 

Business Administration 108 

Chemistry 123 

Computer Science 184 

Comparative Literature 171 

Criminal Justice 129 

Dental Hygiene 135 

Economics 120 

Education 140 

English 172 

Entomology 106 

French 176 

Georgraphy 164 

Geology 128 

German 177 

Health 194 

History 155 

Journalism 176 

Library Science 145 

Mathematics 178 

Mental Health Work 201 

Music 151 

Nursing 187 

Oceanography 128 

Philosophy 175 

Physical Education 192 

Physical Science 127 

Physics 128 

Political Science 164 

Psychology 197 

Reading 101 

Secretarial Studies 122 

Social Work 204 

Sociology 203 

Spanish 178 

Special Education (Speech Correction) 146 

Speech •„ 1 74 

Zoology 106 



Armstrong State College reserves the right to (1) withdraw any course for 
which fewer than ten students register, (2) limit the enrollment in any course 
or class section, (3) fix the time of meeting of all classes and sections, and 
(4) offer such additional courses as demand and faculty warrant. 

No credit will be given in beginning courses in languages where the same 
or similar courses have been presented for admission from high school. 

After each course name, there are three numbers in parenthesis. The first 
number listed is the number of hours of lecture;the second, the number of 
hours of laboratory; and the third, the number of quarter hours of credit 
the course carries. For example: Biology 101 - Principles of Biology (4-3-5). 

Courses numbered 100 to 199 are generally planned for the freshman 
level; courses numbered 200 to 299, for the sophomore level; courses num- 
bered 300 to 399, for the junior level; courses numbered 400-499, for the 
senior level. Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional credit only and may 
not be applied to a degree program. 

For the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree 
and the Master of Education degree in Elementary Education, Special 
Education — Behavior Disorders, Biology, Business Education, Chemistry, 
English, History and Political Science, or Mathematics, please see the 
Graduate Bulletin. 

ACADEMIC SKILLS LABORATORY 

Associate Professor John R. Hansen, Head; Assistant Professors Brown, |j 
Dandy, Harris and Padgett; Instructor Cottrell. 

The Academic Skills Laboratory provides an opportunity for students to i 
remove academic deficiencies in English, Mathematics, and Reading which 
might otherwise prevent their completing college work successfully. In- 
stitutional credit only is awarded for each course offered in the department. 
This credit does not apply to the requirements for a degree program or to 
the requirements for graduation from Armstrong State College. 



Academic Skills Laboratory courses receive students from the following 
five sources: 

1. A conditionally admitted student must enroll in those Academic Skills 
Laboratory courses appropriate to the removal of his specific areas of 
weakness as indicated by results of the testing programs through 
which the student received conditional admittance status. To insure 
realistic class scheduling, the conditionally admitted student can 
enroll only in courses approved by the head of the Academic Skills 
Laboratory until such time as the student achieves full admission 
status. 

100 






2. The Department of Languages and Literature and the Department of 
Mathematics and Computer Science may place any student, on the 
basis of the student's performance on the English Diagnostic Test or 
the Mathematics Diagnostic Test, in appropriate Academic Skills 
Laboratory courses. 

3. Any student may be placed in any Academic Skills Laboratory courses 
on the basis of an unsatisfactory performance on the Regents 
Examination. 

4. Any student may voluntarily enroll in any Academic Skills Laboratory 
course. 

5. Any member of the general public may enroll in any Academic Skills 
Laboratory course through the Office of Community Services. 



Course Offerings 

ENGLISH 98— Review of Grammar. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. 

This course involves the study of sentence structure, including intensive 
practice in recognizing and writing English sentences. 

ENGLISH 99— Fundamentals of Composition. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

This is the study and practice of techniques of paragraph structure. 
Students learn to write clearly, logically, coherently, and correctly. 

MATHEMATICS 98— Review of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

Emphasis is placed upon computation involving fractions, decimals, per- 
centage, and integers. Scientific notation and the metric system of 
measurement are also studied. 

MATHEMATICS 99— Basic Mathematics. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

Topics include real number arithmetic, polynomial expressions, sets, 
linear and quadratic equations. 

READING 98— Reading Skills. (5-0-5). Offered each quarter. Not open 
to students having credit for Reading 99. 

This course is appropriate for conditionally admitted students and other 
students experiencing serious difficulty in reading. Word attack skills, com- 
prehension skills, study skills, and vocabulary building are stressed. 

READING 99— Developing Reading Maturity. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

This course is appropriate for students preparing for the Regents' 
Examination and for students experiencing moderate difficulty in reading. 
Comprehension skills, vocabulary enrichment, test-taking strategies, and 
reading fluency are stressed. 

mi 



ANTHROPOLOGY 
(See listing under Department of Psychology and Sociology). 

ART 
(See listing under Department of Fine Arts). 

ASTRONOMY 

(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics). 

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Professor Leslie B. Davenport, Jr., Head; Professor Thorne; Associate 
Professors Beltz and Pingel; Assistant Professors Brower and Guillou; In- 
structor Rock. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

The Major in Biology 

The major in biology consists of Biology 101, 102, Botany 203, Zoology 
204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology courses (botany, 
zoology, etc.) numbered 300 or above. The majority of the courses in the 
major numbered 300 or above must be taken in the Biology Department at 
Armstrong State College. 

In addition, biology majors must complete elementary statistics and the 
course sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course in 
general college physics (15 quarter hours) is strongly recommended and 
should be considered essential for those who expect to continue the study of 
biology beyond the B.S. degree. Majors must also complete a foreign 
language through 103. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his program 
the following courses: Biology 370; Biology 480; and Botany 410 or 
Zoology 410. If credit for any of these three courses is transferred to 
Armstrong from another college, the department may require that it be 
validated by examination. Unless exempted by examination, each student 
must complete a course in United States history. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above the freshman level (those 
numbered 200 or above), the student must have completed the prerequisites 
for each with at least a grade of "C" for each prerequisite. To be eligible 



for a B.S. degree in biology, the student must have an average of at least 
"C" for all upper division courses (those numbered 300 or above) in 
biology. 

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong courses in 
biology in high school are advised to take the examinations for advanced 
placement which are offered with the College Entrance Examinations. 
Arrangements to take these tests may be made through the office of the 
Dean of Student Affairs. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the Biology laboratory 
science sequence by taking biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong ex- 
change program, a student must take the ENTIRE sequence of ten quarter 
hours either at Armstrong State College or at Savannah State College. 

The student completing the major in Biology may concurrently complete 
secondary teaching certification requirements by completing the following 
program of studies. 



Program for Secondary School Teachers of Science 
with a Major in Biology 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 90 

1 . English 121 , 122, 221 and one course 

selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201 ; English 222 

2. One Foreign Language 15 

3. History 114*, 115* 10 

4. History 251* or 252* 5 

5. Psychology 101 and one of the following courses: 10 

Economics 201 
Political Science 113* 
Sociology 201 

6. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

7. The following courses: 20 

Biology 101, 102 

Botany 203 and Zoology 204 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

Students must complete the requirements for a major in biology 
including Biology 370, 480; Botany 410 or Zoology 410. 

C. Courses in Other Sciences 35 

Chemistry 128, 129, 341, 342, 343 25 

Physics 21 1,212 10 



D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 200, 
201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL ... 206 

The Department also supervises the degree program in Medical 
Technology, requirements of which follow. 

Program for the Degree 
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Quarter Hours 

1 . English 121 , 122, 221 , and one course selected from 20 

Art 200, 290, 291 ; Music 200; Philosophy 201 ; English 222 

2. History 251* or 252* 5 

3. Political Science 113* 5 

4. History 114*, 115* 10 

5. Mathematics 101, 220 10 

6. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

7. Physics211,212,213 15 

8. Chemistry 128-129, 281, 341, 342, 343, 

and 380 35 

9. Biology 101-102, Zoology 204, 356, 

Biology 351, 370, and Zoology 372 35 

10. Physical Education 6 

1 1 . Internship in Clinical Medical Technology 45 

TOTAL ... 191 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 



Course Offerings 

BIOLOGY/PSYCHOLOGY 100— Human Sexual Relationships. (3-0-3). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisite: none. 

A scientifically oriented discussion of the anatomy, physiology, and 
psychology of human sexuality. Facts pertinent to population problems and 
venereal diseases will be included. Emphasis will be on individual responsi- 
bility through knowledge. Credit for either biology or psychology. 

104 



BIOLOGY 101— Principles of Biology. (4-3-5). Offered each quarter. 
Prerequisite: none. 

Biological structure; the reproduction and development of organisms; the 
physical and chemical organization of protoplasm and cells. 

BIOLOGY 102— Principles of Biology. (4-3-5). Offered each quarter. 
Prerequisite: Biology 101. 

Biological function; bioenergetics of cells, cellular and organismal 
physiology, genetics, differentiation, behavior, ecology, and evolution. 

BIOLOGY 210 — Micro-organisms and Disease. (3-4-5). Spring. 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 and Zoology 209. 

An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with primary emphasis 
on bacteria. The morphology, life history, and importance to public health 
of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, and protozoa are considered. 
Credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 310— Man and the Environment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Com- 
pletion of 75 quarter hours credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between humans and the support 
systems of the earth which are essential to their existence. Credit for this 
course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIOLOGY 351— Bacteriology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of 
biological science, Chemistry 128-129. 

A survey of micro-organisms with special emphasis on bacteria and their 
relationships to man. 

BIOLOGY 352— Medical Microbiology. (3-4-5). Prerequisite: Biology 
351 and permission of the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-causing microbes in terms of their 
diagnosis, pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIOLOGY 354 — Morphologic Haemotology. (3-4-5). Prerequisites: 
Biology 102 and Chemistry 129. 

Cytology of normal and pathologic human blood and bone marrow with 
emphasis upon antigenic determination in blood banking. 

BIOLOGY 358— Histological Technique. (0-10-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, 
staining, and mounting plant and animal materials for study. 

BIOLOGY 370— Genetics. (3-4-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 
102. 

An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance. 

BIOLOGY 410— Cellular Physiology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior status; two upper division 
courses in biology; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between microscopic 
anatomy and cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, and 
growth. 

BIOLOGY 440— Cytology. (2-6-5). Fall, odd numbered years. 
Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in biology. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, growth, differentiation, 
and reproduction. 

105 



BIOLOGY 450— Evolution. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: major in 
biology (at least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in upper division courses). 
Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIOLOGY 480 — General Ecology. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisites: Two 
upper division courses in biology (botany or zoology). 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the welfare 
of man, co-ordinated with a study of populations and communities in the 
field. 

BIOLOGY 490— Problems in Biology. (1-5 hours credit). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biology courses numbered 
300 or above; a B average in biology courses and in overall work; consent of 
department head; agreement of staff member to supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the depart- 
ment. Supervised research including literature search, field and/or 
laboratory investigation, and presentation of acceptable, written report of 
results. Credit will depend upon the work to be done. Both credit and 
proposed work must be approved in advance, in writing, by the faculty 
member to supervise the work and by the department head. 

BOTANY 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom. (3-4-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, with 
emphasis upon the evolution of the land flora. 

BOTANY 305— Identification of Flowering Plants. (0-10-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local flora. 

BOTANY 323— Plant Anatomy. (0-10-5). Fall, even numbered years. 
Prerequisite: Botany 203. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of vascular 
plants, and a comparative study of the structure of roots, stems, leaves, 
flowers, and fruits. 

BOTANY 410— Plant Physiology. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisites: 
Botany 203 and Organic Chemistry. 

A survey of physiologic processes occurring in plants and the conditions 
which affect these processes. 

BOTANY 425— Plant Morphology. (3-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Botany 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, structure, 
reproduction, and evolutionary relationships. 

ENTOMOLOGY 301 — Introductory Entomology. (3-4-5). Summer 
Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, identification 
and biology. 

ZOOLOGY 204— Survey of the Animal Kingdom. (3-4-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Biology 101 and 102. 

An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla. 

106 



ZOOLOGY 208— Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (4-3-5). Fall. 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and physiology 
of the human organ systems. Intended primarily for majors in nursing and 
dental hygiene; credit for this course may not be applied toward a major in 
biology. 

ZOOLOGY 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (4-3-5). Winter. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 208 and Chemistry 201 . 

A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and 
physiology of the human. Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology. 

ZOOLOGY 325 — Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (3-4-5). Prerequisite: 
Zoology 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and natural 
history of the major invertebrate groups. 

ZOOLOGY 355— Embryology. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Zoology 204 
or equivalent in another biological science. 

An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to 
illustrate the basic principles of developmental anatomy. 

ZOOLOGY 356— Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. (3-6-6). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Zoology 204. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the ver- 
tebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 357— Animal Histology. (3-4-5). Winter. Prerequisite: 
Zoology 204. 

A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and organ 
systems in animals. 

ZOOLOGY 372 — Parasitology. (3-4-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Zoology 
204. 

A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of man and 
other animals. 

ZOOLOGY 410— General Vertebrate Physiology. (3-4-5). Fall. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the vertebrates. 

ZOOLOGY 425 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology. (2-6-5). Prerequisite: 
Zoology 325, or permission of instructor and department head. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic distribution of marine in- 
vertebrates as exemplified by collection from the southeastern coastal 
region. 

ZOOLOGY 429— Endocrinology. (4-4-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 410 and one other senior division course in biology. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism and 
reproductive cycles. 

ZOOLOGY 435— Comparative Physiology. (3-4-5). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: Zoology 204 and Organic Chemistry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ systems in- 
volved in the maintenance of homeostasis under varying conditions within 
normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of tissues and systems under 
laboratory conditions. 

1H7 



BOTANY 

(See listing under Department of Biology.) 

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Professor Richards, Acting Head; Professors Bhatia, Davis, Eason, Hall; 
Associate Professors Morgan and Squires; Assistant Professors Briercheck, 
Chambless, DeCastro, Jensen, LaBurtis, and Zepp; Instructor Alexander. 

The department offers a two-year Secretarial Studies degree program and 
two four-year degree programs: the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in 
economics and the Bachelor of Business Administration degree with con- 
centrations in accounting, business education, economics, finance, in- 
formation systems, management and management-marketing. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics is appropriate for 
the student who wishes a broad liberal arts program with emphasis on un- 
derstanding the concepts underlying the working of economic systems. The 
program provides a good preparation for anyone who plans to work in in- 
dustry, especially banking, insurance, or investments. It also provides ex- 
cellent preparation for positions in government, or further professional 
education in business, economics, education, or law. This program requires 
proficiency in a foreign language through the 201 level or completion of the 
calculus sequence. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree with a concentration in 
business education is designed to prepare teachers of high school business 
subjects, such as bookkeeping and business management, and/or 
secretarial skills, such as typing, shorthand, office machines, and office 
procedures. 

The programs leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Ad- 
ministration with a concentration in accounting, economics, finance, in- 
formation systems, management, or management-marketing require, in ad- 
dition to the general college core requirements, a common business core of 
ten courses, and a major concentration of six courses in the respective 
major field. These programs are most appropriate for students who wish a 
broad general education in business and economics and, in addition, a 
significant amount of specialized background in a single area to enhance 
their prospects for immediate employment in industry or government. 

Students in all programs should be familiar with general degree 
requirements as listed in the "Degree Programs" section of this bulletin, 
and should satisfy the college core requirements during the Freshman and 
Sophomore years. No student will be allowed to take upper division courses 
in his major unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite 
courses. An average of at least 2.0 in his major concentration courses is a 

me 



requirement for graduation, and college academic regulations, stated 
elsewhere in this bulletin, impose certain additional degree requirements. 
All students are reminded that History 251 or 252 is a degree requirement, 
unless exempted by examination. 

The Department of Business Administration considers the core 
curriculum required sequences in English, Mathematics, Economics and 
Accounting as basic to the structure of its degree programs. Therefore, no 
student who has attempted 120 or more quarter hours will be permitted to 
enroll in a 300 or 400 level Business Administration or Economics course 
without the expressed permission of the Head of the Department of 
Business Administration unless he has successfully completed those 
required sequences appropriate to his degree program. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Associate in Arts in Secretarial Studies 

Quarter Hours 

1. English 121, 122 10 

2. Mathematics 101 5 

3. Economics 201, 202 10 

4. Political Science 113* and History 251* or 252* 10 

5. Physical Education 103, 117, and three of the following: 

101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 6 

6. Business Administration 200, 203,205,211,215 23 

7. Secretarial Studies 104**, 105, 106, 111**, 112, 

113, 114,213,214 35 

TOTAL HOURS 92-99 

**Students who have earned high school credit in a one-year course in typewriting and/or 
Gregg shorthand (or the college equivalent — one quarter or one semester) may not take for 
credit the beginning course in the subject in which this previous credit has been earned 
(Secretarial Studies 104, Secretarial Studies 111). These students should begin in the 
typewriting and/or shorthand sequence with the intermediate course in the subject. 

Program for Secondary School Teachers 

of Business Education 

(Comprehensive Certification) 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 100 

1. English 121, 122, 221, 222 20 

2. Speech 228 5 

3. History 114*, 115* 10 

4. Economics 201 , 202 10 

109 



^5. Political Science 113* 5 

6. Mathematics 101, 195, 220 15 

7. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 

Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 21 1,212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

8. Psychology 101 , plus four of the following courses: 25 

Economics 326 

History 251* or 252* 
Psychology 305 
Sociology 201 
Music 200; Art 200, 290, 291 ; or Philosophy 201 
B. A. 200 or 205 or Computer Science 110 

B. Courses in Secretarial Skills 23-28 

Sec. Studies 104, Beginning Typewriting 2 

Sec. Studies 105, Intermediate Typewriting 2 

Sec. Studies 106, Advanced Typewriting 2 

Sec. Studies 111, Beginning Gregg Shorthand 3 

Sec. Studies 112, Intermediate Gregg Shorthand 3 

Sec. Studies 113, Advanced Gregg Shorthand 3 

Sec. Studies 213, Office Procedures 5 

B. A. 203, Office Machines 3 

B.A. 215, Business Communications 5 

(Secretarial Studies 104 and 111 are often exempted. See course 
descriptions.) 



C. Courses in Business Administration 25 

B.A. 211, 212 10 

Three of the following courses: 15 

B.A. 307, Business Law I 

B.A. 340, Principles of Marketing 

B.A. 360, Principles of Management 

B.A. 375, Personnel Administration 

Econ. 327, Money and Banking 

Econ. 331, Labor and Industrial Relations 

Econ. 335, Public Finance 



D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 200, 

201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

110 



E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 438, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 191-194 

Program for Secondary School Teachers of Business Education 
(Bookkeeping and Business Management) 

Quarter Hours 
. General Requirements 100 

1. English 121, 122, 221, 222 20 

2. Speech 228 5 

3. History 114*, 115* 10 

4. Economics 201, 202 10 

5. Political Science 113* 5 

6. Mathematics 101, 195, 220 15 

7. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 21 1,212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

8. Psychology 101 , plus four of the following courses: 25 

Economics 326 

History 251* or 252* 

Music 200, or Art 200, or Philosophy 201 

Business Administration 200 or 205 or 

Computer Science 1 10 
Psychology 305 
Sociology 201 

B. Courses in Secretarial Skills 12-14 

Sec. Studies 104, Beginning Typewriting 2 

Sec. Studies 105, Intermediate Typewriting 2 

Sec. Studies 106, Advanced Typewriting 2 

Sec. Studies 213, Office Procedures 5 

B. A. 203, Office Machines 3 

C. Courses in Business Administration 40 

1. B.A. 215, Business Communication 5 

2. B.A. 21 1, 212, Principles of Accounting 15 

B.A. 301 , Intermediate Accounting I 

3. B.A. 307, Business Law 1 5 

4. Three of the following courses: 15 

B.A. 302, Intermediate Accounting II 

B.A. 308, Business Law II 

1 1 1 



B.A. 340, Principles of Marketing 

B. A. 360, Principles of Management 

B.A. 375, Personnel Administration 

Econ. 327, Money and Banking 

Econ. 331, Labor and Industrial Relations 

Econ. 335, Public Finance 

D. Physical Education I 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 200 
201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 438, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 193-195 



Bachelor of Arts with a Major in Economics 

Quarter Hours 
Humanities 20 

English 121, 122, and 221 
One of the following courses: 

Art 200, Art 290, Art 291, Music 200 

Philosophy 201 , English 222 






B. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20 

Mathematics 101, 103 

A Laboratory Science sequence 

C. Social Sciences 20 

History 114*, 115* 
Political Science 113* 
One course selected from: 

Psychology 101, Sociology 201, Anthropology 201 

D. Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

Economics 201, 202 

Mathematics 220 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 

or 
Mathematics 104, 201, 202 

112 



E. Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103 and P. E. 117 

Three of the following courses: 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

F. Major Concentration 40 

Economics 305, 306, 312, 435 and four other 300 or 
400-level economics courses 

G. Related Areas 35 

Proficiency in a foreign language at the 201 level is required 
if a foreign language is offered in satisfaction of the 
requirements under part "D" above. 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

(With a concentration in accounting, economics, finance, information 
systems, management-marketing.) 

Quarter Hours 

A. Humanities 20 

1 . English 121 , 122, 221 , and one course 

selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291 ; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201 ; or English 222 

B. Mathematics and Natural Science 25 

1. Mathematics 101, 195, 220 15 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

C. Social Sciences 30 

1. History 114*, 115* 10 

2. Economics 201, 202 10 

3. Political Science 113* 5 

4. Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

D. Courses in Business Administration 15 

1. B. A. 211,212 10 

2. B.A. 215 5 

(Computer Science 110 is also required for the major in In- 
formation Systems.) 



E. Physical Education 6 

Total Freshman-Sophomore Hours 96 

113 



F. Approved electives 30 

Electives from the Humanities, the Social Sciences, Natural 
Sciences, Mathematics and Computer Science. (Computer 
Science 110 is required for Information Systems majors). At least 
15 quarter hours must be in courses numbered 200 or above. Not 
more ihan 15 quarter hours may be in Business Administration 
courses. The requirement for a course in U.S. History must be 
satisfied. 

G. Business Core Requirements 35 

B.A. 307, Business Law 

B.A. 320, Business Finance 
B.A. 340, Principles of Marketing 
B.A. 360, Principles of Management 
Economics 311, Quantitative Methods or 

Economics 312, Econometrics 
Economics 327, Money and Banking or Economics 306, 

National Income Analysis 
One of the following: 

B.A. 308 (Accounting majors only) 

Economics 305, Managerial Economics 

Economics 311 or 312 (Information Systems majors are 

required to have both Economics 3 1 1 and Economics 3 1 2) 
Economics 331, Labor and Industrial Relations 
Economics 335, Public Finance 
Economics 405, Government and Business 
Economics 431, Investments 

H. Major Concentration 30 

TOTAL 191 

These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 

Concentrations 

1 . Accounting 

B.A. 301, 302-Intermediate Accounting I, II, and four of the fol- 
lowing: 

B.A. 329-Cost Accounting I 
B.A. 330-Cost Accounting II 
B.A. 436-Income Taxation I 
B.A. 437-Income Taxation II 
B.A. 450-Auditing Principles 
B.A. 455-Advanced Accounting 

2. Economics 

Econ. 305-Managerial Economics 
Econ. 306-National Income Analysis 

114 



Econ. 435-Seminar on Contemporary Economic Problems, and 
the remaining hours selected from the following: 
Econ. 31 1 -Quantitative Methods 
Econ. 312-Econometrics 

Econ. 326-Economic History of the United States 
Econ. 335-Public Finance 
Econ. 345-Economic Development 
Econ. 350-Transportation Economics 
Econ. 405-Government and Business 
Econ. 410-International Trade 
Econ. 420-Comparative Economic Systems 
Econ. 431 -Investments 
Econ. 445-Independent Study 

3. Finance 

B.A. 465-Business Policy 

B. A. 425-Managerial Accounting or 

B.A. 301 -Intermediate Accounting I or 

B.A. 329-Cost Accounting I 
Four of the following: 

B.A. 308-Business Law II 

B.A. 404-Real Estate 

B.A. 407-Principles of Insurance 

B.A. 436-Income Taxation I 

B.A. 437-Income Taxation II 

Econ. 306-National Income Analysis 

Econ. 325-Personal Finance 

Econ. 335-Public Finance 

Econ. 431 -Investments 

4. Information Systems 

Computer Science 231, Business Language I 

Computer Science 232, Business Language II 

Computer Science 301, Computer Organization and Programming 

Computer Science 306, Data and Programming Management 

Ten hours of additional Computer Science courses having the approval of 
the Computer Science major advisor. 

5. Management 

B.A. 425-Managerial Accounting 

B.A. 465-Business Policy and four of the following: 

B.A. 308-Business Law II 

B.A. 301-Intermediate Accounting I or 
B.A. 329-Cost Accounting I 

B.A. 344-Principles of Salesmanship 

B.A. 348-Advertising 

B.A. 375-Personnel Administration 

B.A. 41 1-Marketing Management 

115 



B.A. 412-Marketing Research 
B.A. 460-Production Planning and Control 
B.A. 462-Human Relations in Industry 
Economics 305-Managerial Economics 
Economics 350-Transportation 
Economics 405-Government and Business 
Psvc 320-Industrial Psychology 

6. Management-Marketing 

B.A. 41 1 -Marketing Management or 

B.A. 412-Marketing Research 
B.A. 465-Business Policy, and one or more of the following: 

B.A. 344-Principles of Salesmanship 

B.A. 348-Advertising 

B.A. 41 1-Marketing Management 

B.A. 412-Marketing Research 

The remaining hours to be selected from the list under MANAGEMENT 
above. 



Course Offerings 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 200-Survey of Business (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter, Summer. 

A first course in business for Business Administration majors or an elec- 
tive for non-majors who wish to gain an understanding of the functioning 
of business enterprises in our capitalistic system. The course will provide a 
basic familiarity with: (a) the economic, social, and political environment in 
which business enterprises operate, and (b) the tools and managerial skills 
used in business decision-making in the various functional areas such as 
organization, management, financing, marketing, production and per- 
sonnel. (Not open to upper-division business majors who have already 
taken 300-level work). 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 203— Business Machines. (3-2-3). Fall 
and/or Spring. 

Development of skill in the use of adding-listing machines; mechanical 
and electronic calculating machines; dictating-transcribing machines; 
copying and duplicating machines; and the proportional-space typewriter; 
course syllabus adapted to the individual student's needs. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 205— Data Processing. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter and/or Spring. 

A study of the basic methods, techniques, and systems of manual, 
mechanical, electrical and electronic data processing systems and an 
analysis of the application of these systems to business and industry with 
emphasis on the manager and the role of management. Included in the 
course of study are the telecommunication terminal systems and the 
languages necessary to communicate with a computing system. 

116 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21 1— Introductory Accounting I. (5-0- 
5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles and procedures of ac- 
counting, including a study of the journal, the ledger, working papers, ac- 
counting statements, controlling accounts, special journals. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 212— Introductory Accounting II. (5- 
0-5). Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Business Administration 211. 

An application of accounting principles to certain problems such as 
departmental operations, manufacturing accounts, the analysis of financial 
statements, accounting aids to management, statement of application of 
funds. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 215— Business Communication (5-0- 
5). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: English 121, 122. 

The development of an awareness of the problems in communicating in 
business; theory and principles of effective business communication; 
business reports, letters, memorandums, and the instruments of the job ap- 
plication process; oral and non-verbal techniques. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 301— Intermediate Accounting I. (5-0- 
5). Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: Business Administration 212. 

Accounting theory and the solution of problems requiring an application 
of accounting theory. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 302— Intermediate Accounting II. (5- 
0-5). Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Business Administration 301. 

A continuation of Business Administration 301 , emphasizing the theories 
of valuation of fixed assets and liability accounts, the application of these, 
and the interpretation of financial statements prepared on the basis of these 
theories. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 307— Business Law I. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Accounting 211, Economics 201. 

Law governing the basic principles applicable to the following subjects: 
contracts, offer and acceptance, consideration, rights of third parties and 
discharge; agency, liabilities of principal and agent; negotiability, en- 
dorsement and transfer, liabilities of parties. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 308— Business Law II. (5-0-5). Winter 
and/or Spring. Prerequisites: Accounting 211, Economics 201. 

The law applicable to the following subjects: partnership formation, 
powers and liabilities of partners; corporation formation powers; secured 
transactions; bankruptcy; real estate and mortgages; wills. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 320— Business Finance. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter or Spring. Prerequisites: Business Administration 212, Economics 
202, Mathematics 195, 220. 

The internal and external sources of financing for business enterprises; 
acquisition and management of long-term and shorter-term funds; types of 
securities; equity and debt instruments; problems of financial management. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 329— Cost Accounting I. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisites: Business Administration 212, Economics 202, Mathematics 
195,220. 

Methods of determining and distributing costs in manufacturing, in- 
cluding job order and process methods. 

1 17 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 330— Cost Accounting II. (5-0-5) 
Summer. Prerequisites: Business Administration 212, Economics 202, | 
Mathematics 195,220. 

Standard cost procedures; budgeting; distribution costs and special cost 
problems. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 340— Principles of Marketing. (5-0-5). 
Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: Economics 202, Accounting 212, Mathematics 
195,220. 

Principles and methods involved in the movement of goods and services 
from producers to consumers or ultimate users. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 344— Principles of Salesmanship. (5-0- 
5). Prerequisite: B.A. 340. 

A detailed investigation and analysis of the myriad techniques utilized in 
the selling process. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 346— Retailing. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: B.A. 340. 

An examination of the fundamentals necessary to establish and to 
manage effectively a successful retail concern. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 348— Advertising. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. 

Consideration of advertising and its relation to the overall marketing 
function. Includes media planning and selection, creativity and problem 
areas. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 360— Principles of Management. (5-0- 
5). Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: Accounting 212, Economics 202, 
Mathematics 195, 220 or permission. 

The basic principles of management applicable to all forms of business 
and to all levels of supervision; the functions of planning, organizing, 
directing and controlling as components of the management process. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 375— Personnel Administration. (5-0- 
5). Fall. Prerequisites: Accounting 21 1 , Economics 201 , Math 101 . 

Personnel administration from the staff as well as the managerial ap- 
proach. Staffing the organization; maximizing employee potential; 
organizational behavior; remuneration and security of employees. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 404— Real Estate. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202 or permission. 

Principles and practices concerned with the economic, financial, 
managerial and marketing aspects of commercial and industrial real estate 
planning and utilization. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 407— Principles of Insurance. (5-0-5). 
Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Principles of Accounting I and II, Prin- 
ciples of Economics I and II, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Introduction to the basic principles of life, property, liability and other 
areas of insurance. Consideration is given to the importance of risk in per- 
sonal and business affairs and the various methods of handling risk. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 411— Marketing-Management. (5-0- 
5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Business Administration 340 and 
360. 

Management of marketing organizations, with emphasis on planning, 
organizing and controlling the marketing organization; internal and ex- 
ternal communications; marketing management decision-making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 412— Marketing Research (5-0-5). Of- 
fered on Demand. Prerequisites: Business Administration 340, 
Mathematics 220 or permission. 

Sampling, survey, experimental and other research techniques for deter- 
mining customer preferences and market potentials. Interpretation and 
presentation or research findings for management decision-making. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 425— Managerial Accounting. (5-0-5). 
Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Business Administration 212, 360. 

Emphasizes theory and practice of accounting from the standpoint of 
those who direct business operations and shape business policy. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 436— Income Taxation I. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. Prerequisite: Business Administration 212 desirable. 

A study of federal income tax law and regulations; the income tax returns 
of individuals, partnerships and corporations. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 437— Income Taxation II. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Business Administration 436 or B.A. 301 and 302. 

A continuation of Business Administration 436 with emphasis on cor- 
porations and fiduciary returns, gift taxes and estate taxes. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 450— Auditing Principles. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Business Administration 302. 

The principles of audits and financial verification, standards of field 
work, preparation of audit working papers, writing audit reports, auditing 
ethics. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 455— Advanced Accounting. (5-0-5). 
Summer. Prerequisites: Business Administration 301 and 302. 

Selected problems in accounting. Analysis and evaluation of methods 
used for organizing and solving special accounting problems. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 460— Production Management. (5-0- 
5). Prerequisite: Business Administration 360. 

The principles of production management are developed through study 
of plant layout, inventory control, materials handling, production 
scheduling, quality control and associated topics. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 462— Human Relations in Industry. 
(5-0-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisite: Business Administration 360 or 
permission. 

A study of the process of integrating people into the work situation so 
that they are motivated to work together harmoniously, productively and 
with economic, psychological and social satisfaction. 

11Q 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 465— Business Policy. (5-0-5). Winter, 
Spring. Prerequisites: Business Administration 320, 340, 360 and senior 
status. 

Problem solving and decision making by top management. An in- 
tegrating course, taught by the case method. Should be taken in the 
student's final quarter, if possible. 



ECONOMICS 

ECONOMICS 201— Principles of Economics I. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. Prerequisite: At minimum, eligibility to enter Mathematics 101 . 

Micro and Macro economic principles. 

ECONOMICS 202— Principles of Economics II. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Economics 201. 

Application of macro and micro economic principles to economic 
problems. 

ECONOMICS 305— Managerial Economics. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202, Mathematics 220 and B.A. 
212 for business majors. 

Microeconomic applications to decision-making and policy formulation 
in the business firm. Production costs, pricing and market structures. 

ECONOMICS 306— National Income Analysis. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202, Mathematics 195 or 220. 

Income and employment analysis; money and interest; monetary and 
fiscal policy; inflation and unemployment. 

ECONOMICS 311— Quantitative Methods. (5-0-5). Fall or Spring. 
Prerequisites: Economics 202, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Applications and limitations of mathematical techniques to business and 
economic problems. Decision making under uncertainty. Inventory control. 
Linear, integer, and dynamic programming. 

ECONOMICS 312— Econometrics. (5-0-5). Fall or Spring. Prerequisites: 
Economics 202, Mathematics 195, 220. 

Applications and limitations of statistical techniques to business and 
economic problems. Limitations of ordinary least squares. Data problems. 
Index numbers. Sampling techniques. 

ECONOMICS 325— Personal Finance. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 101. 

This course is devoted to family financial matters such as budgeting ex- 
penditures, taxes, loans, charge accounts, savings media, life insurance, in- 
vestment securities, mutual funds, estate planning, trusts, wills, estate and 
gift taxes. 

ECONOMICS 326— Economic History of the United States. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered on demand. 

The growth and development of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on the period 
since 1860, and including developments in agriculture, industry, labor, tran- 
sportation, and finance. 

on 



ECONOMICS 327— Money and Banking. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. 
Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202, Mathematics 195 or 220. 

Monetary theory, banking theory and practice, central bank controls, 
other financial institutions, credit flows, monetary policies to achieve 
desired economic efforts. 

ECONOMICS 331— Labor and Industrial Relations (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202; Mathematics 101. 

The development and structure of the labor movement in the United 
States; the principles of wage determination; collective bargaining; and 
public policy toward labor unions. 

ECONOMICS 335— Public Finance (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202; Mathematics 101. 

The economic effects of governmental taxation, expenditures and public 
debt management. The principal sources of revenue and types of ex- 
penditures at the federal, state and local levels. The proper scope of govern- 
ment and issues of fairness in taxation. 

ECONOMICS 345— Economic Development. (5-0-5). Alternate Falls. 
Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202; Mathematics 195 or 220. 

The nature and cause of economic stagnation in developing nations of the 
world, urgent need for their economic development, theory of economic 
growth, ways of fostering development, and balanced growth and in- 
dustrialization. 

ECONOMICS 350— Transportation Economics (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisites: Economics 201, Mathematics 195 or 103. 

Domestic transportation and its economic impact; national tran- 
sportation policy and regulatory agencies; principles of, rate-making and 
computation; the U.S. transportation system, its problems and the future. 

ECONOMICS 405— Government and Business (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202, Mathematics 101. 

The effects of public policies upon business and industry with emphasis 
on anti-trust, taxation, regulatory and defense policies. 

ECONOMICS 410— International Trade. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Economics 201, 101, Mathematics 195 or 220. 

Export-import trade, emphasizing exchange techniques, balance of trade 
and payments accounts, and the theory of international specialization and 
exchange, the relationship of international transactions to national income. 

ECONOMICS 420 — Comparative Economic Systems (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisites: Economics 201, 202, Mathematics 101. 

Study of economic problems under different economic systems such as 
capitalism, socialism; and introduction to Marxian economic theory. 

ECONOMICS 431— Investments. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

The investment risks in different investment media; selection of ap- 
propriate media in accordance with individual or institutional goals and 
risk-bearing capacity. Types of investments and securities. 

ECONOMICS 435 — Seminar on Contemporary Economic Problems. (5- 
0-5). Alternate Springs. Prerequisites: Economics 201 and 202, and two 
300-level economics courses, Mathematics 195 or 220. 

General problems of production, employment, and income, with special 
reference to the specific problems faced by the American economic system. 



ECONOMICS 445— Independent Study. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the College 
at Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. 

Mature students of economics may be permitted to undertake special in- 
dependent studies in one or more aspects of economics, under the super- 
vision and guidance of a member of the faculty. Normally, the subject mat- 
ter covered will parallel a bulletin-described course which is only in- 
frequently offered. The student will meet frequently with his advisor and 
will be expected to submit reports in depth on his studies. Approval of the 
Advisor and the Department Head will be necessary for admittance to this 
course. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 104— Begining Typewriting (3-2-3). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

Development of basic skill; introduction to typewritten letters, 
tabulations and manuscripts (includes term papers and book reports). 
Students who have earned high school credit in a one-year course in 
typewriting (or the college equivalent — one quarter or one semester) may 
not take this course for credit. These students should either audit the course 
or begin the typewriting sequence with Intermediate Typewriting, 
Secretarial Studies 105. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 105— Intermediate Typewriting (3-2-3). Fall, 
Winter. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; tabulations, business forms, letters, 
memorandums, and manuscripts; emphasis on production rate. 

SECRETARIAL STUDES 106— Advanced Typewriting (3-2-3). Winter, 
Spring. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. 

Major emphasis on production rate; tabulations, letters and manuscripts; 
varied business forms and other information media. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 111— Beginning Gregg Shorthand. (5-0-4). 
Fall Prerequisite or corequisite: Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Complete theory; reading, dictation and transcription from studied 
material to 60 words a minute. Students who have earned high school credit 
in a one-year course in Gregg Shorthand (or the college equivalent — one 
quarter or one semester) may not take this course for credit. These students 
should either audit the course or begin the shorthand sequence with in- 
termediate Gregg Shorthand, Secretarial Studies 112. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 1 12— Intermediate Gregg Shorthand. (5-0- 
4). Winter. Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 111 or equivalent and 
Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; mailable copy; reading; dictation and tran- 
scription from studied and new material to 90 words a minute. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 113— Advanced Gregg Shorthand. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 112 or equivalent and Secretarial 
Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Improvement of basic skill; reading; mailable copy; dictation and tran- 
scription from studied and new material to 120 words a minute. 

122 



SECRETARIAL STUDIES 114— Advanced Dictation and Tran- 
scription. (5-0-4). Fall. Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 113 or equivalent 
and Secretarial Studies 104 or equivalent. 

Reading; mailable copy; dictation and transcription from new material to 
140 words a minute. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 213— Office Procedures. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisites: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent and Secretarial Studies 
112 or equivalent. 

Development of an understanding of administrative services common to 
business; work flow; interpersonal relationships; office systems. 

SECRETARIAL STUDIES 214— Records Systems and Management. (5- 
0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 104. 

Records systems used in the contemporary business office and their 
management. 



BUSINESS EDUCATION 

(See listing under Department of Business Administration). 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 

Professor Henry E. Harris, Head; Professors Brewer and Stratton; 
Associate Professors Robbins and Whiten; Teaching Associate Goette. 

The department offers one degree program, the Bachelor of Science with 
a major in chemistry, designed to give depth in the fields of chemistry, yet 
flexible enough to accommodate a range of career goals. The department 
also participates in The Dual Degree Program of Armstrong State College 
and the Georgia Institute of Technology under which students may earn 
simultaneously the B.S. degree in chemistry from Armstrong and the 
bachelor's degree from Georgia Tech in a related field, such as chemical 
engineering. Students interested in learning more about the chemistry 
degree program or any course offered by the department should contact the 
department head. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 
General Education Course Requirements: 

1. English 121, 122, 221 .15 

2. One of the following: 

Art 200, 290, 291, English 222, 

Music 200, Philosophy 200 5 

I'M 



3. Mathematics 101, 103 10 

4. History 114, 115, and either 251 or 252 15 

5 . Political Science 113, and one of the following: 

Psychology 101 , Anthropology 201 , 

Sociology 102, Economics 201 10 

6. Physical Education 103, 117, and three 

activity courses 6 

B. Chemistry Course Requirements: 

1. General Chemistry 128, 129, 281 15 

2. Organic Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15 

3. Analytical Chemistry 380 5 

4. Physical Chemistry 491, 492, 495, 496 12 

5. Approved Electives from the following: 

Chemistry 421, 441, 448, 461, 462, 480, 498, 499 13 

C. Related Field Requirements: 

1. Physics211,212,213or217,218,219 15 or 18 

2. Mathematics through Integral Calculus 5-10 

D. Approved Electives: 

Electives chosen to meet specific educational goals 45-50 



Program for Secondary School Teachers of Science 
with a Major in Chemistry 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 75 

1 . English 121 , 122, 221 , and one course selected from: 20 

Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 
Philosophy 201 ; English 222 

2. History 114*, 115* 10 

3. History 251* or 252* 5 

4. Psychology 101 and one of the following courses: 10 

Economics 201 
Political Science 113* 
Sociology 201 

5. Freshman Mathematics and Mathematics 104, 201 20 

6. Chemistry 128, 129 10 

B. Courses in Major Field 50 

Chemistry 28 1,380 i 10 

Chemistry 341, 342, 343 15 

Chemistry491,492,495, 12 

Approved Chemistry Electives 13 

C. Courses in Other Sciences 25 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Physics 15 

194 



D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P.E., 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 444, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 191 

•These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 



Course Offerings 
CHEMISTRY 

CHEMISTRY 121-122— General Chemistry. (4-3-5 for each course). 
Prerequisite: Entrance Requirements. Offered on demand. 

These courses are designed for the student who is pursuing a non-science 
college major. They include a study of the fundamental laws and theories of 
inorganic chemistry. Included in the second quarter is a survey of organic 
chemistry and an introduction to biochemistry. These courses are a lecture- 
laboratory study with minimum reliance on mathematics. 

CHEMISTRY 128-129— General Chemistry. (4-3-5 for each course). 
Prerequisite: College Algebra or equivalent. Offered each quarter. 

These courses are the first two of the series 128, 129, 281 required to com- 
plete an academic year of General Chemistry. A study of the fundamental 
principles and laws of chemistry with a quantitative approach to the sub- 
ject. These courses are designed for the science, pre-medical and 
engineering student. The laboratory work includes an understanding of fun- 
damental techniques. 

CHEMISTRY 201— Essentials of General Chemistry. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Spring. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and biochemistry with emphasis 
on applications in human physiology and clinical chemistry. Experimental 
principles will be illustrated with classroom demonstrations. 

CHEMISTRY 281— Qualitative Analysis (3-6-5). Fall and Spring. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. 

This course is the third of the series 128, 129, 281 required to complete an 
academic year of General Chemistry. Study of ionic equilibria and 
separation methods. Homogeneous solutions involving dissociation, 
hydrolysis and buffer action, and heterogeneous systems showing the in- 
fluence of pH and complexation on solubility are illustrated. Various 
chemical and chromatographic techniques are used as a basis for qualitative 
analysis. 

125 



CHEMISTRY 301— The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 

An introductory course covering selected areas of applied biochemistry. 
This course is not recommended for chemistry, biology, or premedical 
students. 

CHEMISTRY 341-342— Organic Chemistry. (4-3-5 for each course). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, aromatic hydrocarbons and 
their derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hydrocar- 
bons. Organic reactions are emphasized in terms of modern theory. 

CHEMISTRY 343— Organic Chemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 
342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence 341, 342. This course 
completes the fundamental study of organic chemistry with a consideration 
of carbohydrates, amino acids, and heterocyclics with their related com- 
pounds. 

CHEMISTRY 350— Chemical Literature. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 342. Offered on demand. 

A study of the use of the chemical library and the important journals, 
references, and information sources. 

CHEMISTRY 380— Quantitative Instrumental Analysis. (2-9-5). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 281. Winter. 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, volumetric, spectrophotometric, 
and electrometric methods of analysis. The laboratory will provide practice 
in techniques and application of these principles. 

CHEMISTRY 421— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (3-3-4). 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 380. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase students' un- 
derstanding of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes the 
periodicity of elements. 

CHEMISTRY 431-432— Seminar. (3-0-3 for each course). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 343. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHEMISTRY 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 343. Fall. 

A further study of important organic reactions emphasizing theories of 
reaction mechanisms of organic chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 448— Organic Qualitative Analysis. (2-6-4). Prerequisite: 
Chemistry 343. Offered on demand. 

Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds. 

CHEMISTRY 461— Biochemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 343. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellular 
metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, en- 
zymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohydrate metabolism, lipid 
metabolism, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, and 
photosynthesis. 

126 



CHEMISTRY 462— Biochemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 461. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and nitrogen-containing com- 
pounds, the biosynthesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic 
regulation, and selected topics. 

CHEMISTRY 463— Clinical Chemistry. (4-3-5). Prerequisite: Chemistry 
343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the principles of chemistry applied in the clinical laboratory. 
Topic subjects to include instrumentation and microtechniques. 

CHEMISTRY 480— Advanced Instrumental Analysis. (2-9-5). 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 380, 342. Offered on demand. 

Includes study of principles involved in the operation and the laboratory 
use of special instruments for analysis. 

CHEMISTRY 491-492— Physical Chemistry. (5-0-5 for each course). 
Prerequisites: Chemistry 380; Physics 213; Mathematics 201. Winter, 
Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry including the study of 
solids, liquids, gases, thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solutions. 
These courses will also cover a study of chemical equilibria, chemical 
kinetics, electrochemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics and nuclear 
chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 495-496— Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (0-3-1 for each 
course). Corequisite: Chemistry 491, 492 respectively. 

Selected experiments to demonstrate applications of physical chemistry. 

CHEMISTRY 498-499— Special Problems. (Schedule and credit vary.) 
Prerequisite: Consent of Department Head. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the Depart- 
ment. Supervised research including literature search, laboratory ex- 
perimentation and presentation of results. Course credit will depend on 
problem. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 121— Physical Environment. (4-3-5). 
Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of physics 
and astronomy. This course is designed for non-science majors interested in 
a descriptive survey. The laboratory study is designed to supplement the 
study of theory. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 122— Physical Environment. (4-3-5). 
Prerequisite: admission requirements. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry. 
This is a descriptive course which includes the classification of elements, 
basic chemical reactions, and atomic structure designed for the non-science 
major. The laboratory study includes experiences which augment class 
discussion. 

ASTRONOMY 301— Introduction to Astronomy. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar structure, and cosmology. 

127 



GEOLOGY 301— Principles of Geology. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 

An introduction to physical and historical geology. A study of the origin, 
evolution, and structure of the earth's crust, and geologic history. 

OCEANOGRAPHY 301— Principles of Oceanography. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science com- 
pleted. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanography. Topic subjects to in- 
clude the distribution of water over the earth, nature and relief of the ocean 
floors, tides and currents, chemical properties of sea water and con- 
stituents, and applications of oceanographic research. 



PHYSICS 

PHYSICS 211— Mechanics. (4-2-5). Prerequisite: Mathematics 103. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213 in general physics. 
Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound, and heat. Designed for 
students with aptitude in mathematics below the level of calculus. Selected 
experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHYSICS 212— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 211. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Basic electricity, 
magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 213 — Light Phenomena, Modern Physics. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 and Physics 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 211-212-213. Continues the study of 
light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes with the study of 
atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work includes two selected ex- 
periments of advanced scope. 

PHYSICS 217— Mechanics. (5-3-6). Prerequisite: Mathematics 104, or 
concurrently. Fall, Summer. 

The first part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219 in general physics. 
Basic classical physics, including mechanics, sound and heat. Designed 
especially for engineering students and recommended for science majors. 
Selected experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHYSICS 218— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light. (5-3-6). 
Prerequisites: Mathematics 104 and Physics 217. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Basic electricity, 
magnetism, and geometrical optics. 

PHYSICS 219— Light Phenomena, Modern Physics, (5-3-6). 
Prerequisites: Mathematics 104 and Physics 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence Physics 217-218-219. Continues the study of 
light from the viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes with the study of 
atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory work includes two selected ex- 
periments of advanced scope. 

128 



PHYSICS 380— Introductory Quantum Mechanics. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Physics 213 or Physics 219 and Mathematics 201 . 

An introduction to Quantum mechanical principles with applications in 
atomic and molecular structure. 

PHYSICS 417— Mechanics. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Physics 217 or 211 and 
Mathematics 201. Physics 218 or 212 and Mathematics 341 are recom- 
mended. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of particles 
are developed using Newtonian principles. 






COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature). 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(See listing under Department of Mathematics). 

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Associate Professor William L. Megathlin, Head; 
Associate Professor Magnus; Assistant Professor Johnson. 

Two programs of study are available to the student who wishes to study 
in the criminal justice area — a two-year program leading to the degree of 
Associate in Science in Criminal Justice with a concentration in corrections 
or in law enforcement and a four-year program leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice. Each student should work closely 
with the Head of the Department in planning his program for either of the 
two degrees. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 
With a Concentration in Law Enforcement 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 56 

1. English 121-122 10 

2. Art 200, 290, 291, Music 200, or Philosophy 201 5 

3. Mathematics 101 5 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. History 251* or 252* and Political Science 113* 10 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education 6 

129 



B. Area of Concentration 

Criminal Justice 100, 103, 104, 201, 202, 
250, or 203, 210, 301 



40 



TOTAL 96 



Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 
With a Concentration in Corrections 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 56 

1. English 121-122 10 

2. Art 200, 290, 291, Music 200, or Philosophy 201 5 

3. Mathematics 101 5 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

5. History 251* or 252* and Political Science 11 3* 10 

6. Psychology 101 and Sociology 201 10 

7. Physical Education 6 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

Criminal Justice 100, 102, 103, 210, 250 or 307, 301, 304, 306 

TOTAL 96 



At least 45 hours of each of these two programs must be com- 
pleted at Armstrong. 



Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Justice should complete 
Criminal Justice 100 before the end of the freshman year and should com- 
plete all general education requirements as soon as possible. Criminal 
Justice majors must complete the required Criminal Justice courses with a 
grade of "C" or better. 



Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 66 

1. English 121, 122, 221 15 , 

2. Art 200, 290, 291 , Music 200, Philosophy 201 

or English 222 5 

3. Mathematics 101 and either 195 or 220 10 

4. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

130 



5. Political Science 113* and History 

114* and 115* 15 

6. Psychology 101 , Sociology 201 , Economics 201 , 

or Anthropology 201 5 

7. Physical Education 6 

B. Courses Appropriate to Area of Concentration 30 

1 . Psychology 101 or Sociology 201 5 

2. History 251* or 252* 5 

3. Criminal Justice 100, 103, 201, 210 20 

C. Area of Concentration 30 

Criminal Justice 300, 301, 303, 305, 403, 490 

D. Electives from Related Areas 65 

Sixty-five hours chosen from a list of selected electives. No more 
than fifteen hours may be taken from any one department except 

» Criminal Justice. Seven of these courses must be 300-400 level 
courses. 

TOTAL 191 



*A student in either the associate or the baccalaureate degree program may exempt these cour- 
ses with credit awarded. See "Academic Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 



Course Offerings 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 100— Introduction to Criminal Justice Systems. 
(5-0-5). Fall. 

This course deals with a systematic study of the agencies involved in the 
process of criminal justice. Required of all criminal justice majors. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 102— Introduction to Corrections. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered on demand. 

This course deals in the following areas: Correctional goals and 
organization, inmates (characteristics, behavior, classification, etc.), 
security and interpersonal relations. Although this course is designed 
primarily for those practitioners who are currently working in correctional 
institutions, it is open to all criminal justice majors. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 103 — Developing Interpersonal Communication 
Skills. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed upon the development of in- 
terpersonal communication skills, i.e., skills that can be effectively utilized 
on the job to improve interaction among employees and between employees 
and the public. 

131 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 104— Basic Law Enforcement. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. 

This course will include a study of the police system in the United States, 
an overview of the basic purposes and objectives of the average police 
department, and an introduction to police ethics and professionalization. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 201— Criminal Procedure. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, American 
Criminal Law buttressed by an analysis of leading court decisions relative to 
procedural rights emanating from the Bill of Rights. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 202— Law of Evidence. (5-0-5). Fall. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence in criminal cases. Particular 
subjects will include burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and the principles 
of exclusion and selection. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 203— Criminal Law. (5-0-5). Winter. 
History and development of criminal law with definitions and general 
penalties. Special emphasis will be placed upon the Georgia Penal Code. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 204— Criminal Investigation. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Introduction to investigative methodology. Special techniques employed 
in criminal investigation, such as crime scene searches, the use of in- 
formants, and the techniques of surveillance will be emphasized, as well as 
the presentation of police cases in court. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 210— Criminology. (5-0-5). Fall and Winter. 
Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United States; assessment and 
evaluation of various factors and influences that lead to criminal behavior; 
various measures proposed for the control of criminal behavior. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 250— Directed Readings in Criminal Justice. (5-0- 
5). Offered on demand. 

A course designed to permit each student to pursue an approved topic 
through independent study and research under the guidance. and direction 
of the instructor. This course is designed to familiarize students who do not 
intend to pursue a four-year degree program with the fundamentals of prac- 
tical research. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 300— Research Methods in Criminal Justice. (5-0- 
5). Winter. (Students who have previously earned credit for this course 
when it was numbered C.J. 200 may not receive additional credit for this 
course.) 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in the 
behavioral sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to evaluate 
research. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 301— Juvenile Delinquency. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100 or consent of instructor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency, the sociological, biological, 
and psychological factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the modern 
trends in prevention and treatment. 

132 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 302— Criminalistics. (5-0-5). Summer. 
Prerequisite: a natural science laboratory sequence. 

An introduction to the problems and techniques of scientific criminal in- 
vestigation. Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the student with the 
role of science and technology in modern law enforcement. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 303— Penology. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: 
Criminal Justice 100 or consent of instructor. 

This course deals with the analysis and evaluation of both historical and 
contemporary correctional systems. This course will also deal with the 
development, organization, operation and results of the different systems 
of corrections found in America. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 304— Probation and Parole. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303. 

This course will deal with the development, organization, operation and 
results of systems of probation and parole as substitutes for incarceration. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 305— Law Enforcement Systems. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 100. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural and historical background 
of the police idea. This course is conceptually oriented and will deal with 
concepts such as the role of the police in contemporary society, the quasi- 
military organization of the police, and community relations. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 306— Correctional Counseling. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303. 

This course deals with the nature and function of counseling in a correc- 
tional setting. The different theoretical approaches and techniques of coun- 
seling as they can be applied in a correctional setting will be investigated. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 307— Community Based Treatment. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 303. 

This course will investigate the different community base treatment 
programs. An emphasis will be placed on investigating the function of half- 
way houses and the use of volunteers in corrections. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 308— Criminal Justice Planning. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Junior Standing. 

Origins and evolution of modern day planning. Planning as a process of 
criminal justice decision-making. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 402— Civil Liberties. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Problems will be drawn from the substantive and procedural aspects of 
constitutional law and explored in the context of the current friction 
between the values of order and individual liberty. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 403 — Judicial Process. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 201 or Political Science 317. 

Courts as political subsystems in comparative perspective. Judicial 
decision-making and the development of public policy through the judicial 
process. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 404— Correctional Treatment. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 303, 306. 

This course involves an evaluation of specific programs and experiments 
in institutional treatment. An emphasis will be placed on the institutional 
adjustment, the preparation for institutional release and post-release 
facilities. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 405— Group Methods in Corrections. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 306. 

This course will investigate the group dynamics and the group processes 
as they can be applied to a correctional setting. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 406— Law and Society. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Criminal Justice 403 or the consent of the instructor. 

The study of the theory and philosophy of law and the relationship be- 
tween law and society. Current controversies such as civil disobedience and 
law and personal morality will receive special attention. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 407— Legal Aspects of Corrections. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered on demand. Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 201, 303. 

The course deals with the legal problems from convictions to release. 
Legal problems will be investigated in the following areas: pre-sentence in- 
vestigation, sentencing, probation, parole, incarceration, and loss and 
restoration of civil liberties. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 408— Human Relations. (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 

This course will deal in the area of human relations as a means of con- 
trolling and changing people. Emphasis will be placed on effective listening 
and effective communication. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 440— Seminar in Criminal Justice. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Prerequisite: Open to seniors only or by consent of the instructor. 

An intensive study of selected topics relative to the concept of criminal 
justice. Subject matter will vary annually. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 450— Field Experience I. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal justice majors 
only and by invitation of the instructor. 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the educational experience of 
students through appropriate observation and work assignments with 
criminal justice agencies. This course will be organized around specific 
problem orientations with operational research connotations. Students will 
be expected to spend a minimum of five hours per week with the par- 
ticipating agency. Open to transient students only with permission of the 
Dean of the College at Armstrong State College and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 451— Field Experience II. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior criminal justice majors 
only and by invitation of the instructor. 

This is a sequential course to Criminal Justice 450 which will permit the 
student to further broaden his perspectives. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong State College and 
of the college from which the student comes. 

134 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 452-453-454— Internship. (5 Hours Credit for 
Each Course). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open only to senior 
criminal justice majors. 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to ap- 
ply academic training in the practical criminal justice setting. Settings will 
include law enforcement agencies (state or federal), community treatment 
facilities, and the courts. This course will be jointly supervised by college 
staff and law enforcement, correctional and court officials. Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong 
State College and of the college from which the student comes. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 490— Directed Research in Criminal Justice. (5-0- 
5). Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open only by invitation of the in- 
structor. 

A course designed to provide qualified students the opportunity to per- 
form suitable and meaningful research into some area of criminal justice 
under the direction of the instructor. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong State College and of 
the college from which the student comes. 

DEPARTMENT OF DENTAL HYGIENE 

Assistant Professor Richard M. Steinke, Head; Instructors Coursey, 
Tanenbaum, and Thomson. 

Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 

The curriculum in dental hygiene at Armstrong State College was 
approved by the Council on Dental Education in May, 1973. 

The purpose of the program is to meet the ever-increasing need for in- 
dividuals educated in this rapidly growing and important health profession. 
Dental hygienists are in demand to provide dental health services in private 
dental offices, civil service positions, school programs, and various public 
health fields. They practice under the supervision of a dentist and must pass 
a state board examination for licensure. 

Admission to this two-year program is limited to 30 in each class. Stu- 
dents enroll in the fall of each year. Application for admission should be 
completed by April 15th for the fall quarter, including a transcript of 
course work up to that date. A complete transcript shall be submitted as 
soon as possible thereafter. 

A passing grade in all natural science courses must be maintained for the 
student to be allowed to continue in the Dental Hygiene courses during the 
freshman year. The student must earn a "C" or better in each Dental 
Hygiene course before he or she will be allowed to register for subsequent 
Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, the grade of "C" or better in the 
previous course(s) is prerequisite for each Dental Hygiene course for which 
the student registers after the first quarter of the freshman year. An overall 
GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation from the program. 

11^ 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 



General Education 



Dental Hygiene Education 



Qtr. Hrs. 

Chemistry 201 5 

Zoology 208 and 209 10 

English 121 5 

Psychology 101 5 

Sociology 201 5 

Biology 210 5 

P.E. Elective 1 

Speech 228 5 

P.E. 211** 2 

History 251 or 252* 5 

Political Science 113* .. 5 

53 



Qtr. Hrs 
Dental Hygiene 1 1 1 

and 112 3-3 

Dental Hygiene 113 3 

Dental Hygiene 114 

and 115 2-2 

Dental Hygiene 116 2 

Dental Hygiene 117 3 

Dental Hygiene 118 2 

Dental Hygiene 119 3 

Dental Hygiene 120 3 

Dental Hygiene 121 2 

Dental Hygiene 211, 

212,213 5-5-5 

Dental Hygiene 214 3 

Dental Hygiene 215 2 

Dental Hygiene 216 1 

Dental Hygiene 217 3 

Dental Hygiene 218 2 

Dental Hygiene 219 2 

Dental Hygiene 220 4 

Dental Hygiene 221 . . . 1 

61 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 

**Required by Council on Dental Education, American Dental Association. 



Course Offerings — Freshman and Sophomore 

DENTAL HYGIENE 1 1 1— Clinical Dental Hygiene I. (2-3-3). Fall Quar- 
ter. 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the dental hygiene 
profession. The subject matter includes fundamental knowledge of clinical 
procedures and techniques of removing stains and deposits from the teeth. 
Clinical procedures are introduced first on manikins and then applied in the 
mouth. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 112-113— Clinical Dental Hygiene II and III. (1-6- 
3) (1-6-3). Winter and Spring Quarters respectively. Prerequisite: Dental 
Hygiene 111. 



16 



Students continue with oral prophylactic techniques on patients in the 
clinic under supervision. The subject matter includes advanced procedures 
which the hygienist will use in the performance of duties. The student must 
apply acquired knowledge in all clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 1 14-1 15-1 16— Dental Anatomy and Physiology. 
(1-3-2) (1-3-2) 1-3-2). Fall, Winter and Spring Quarters respectively. 

This sequential course includes nomenclature, tooth morphology, oral 
histology and embryology, head and neck anatomy, medical and dental 
emergencies, and growth and development. The course material will be 
presented by lecture, demonstration and directed experience. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 117— General and Oral Pathology (3-0-3). Spring 
Quarter. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental hygiene students with the 
principles of general pathology in relation to the common diseases of oral 
regions. Emphasis will be placed on clinical manifestations and the im- 
portance of early recognition of abnormal conditions. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 1 18— Periodontics. (2-0-2). Summer Quarter. 

This course is designed to give the student a basic understanding of 
periodontics. Emphasis will be placed on the significance of patient 
education and dental prophylaxis in the prevention of periodontal disease. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 119— Dental Materials. (2-3-3). Summer Quarter. 

This course is designed to provide a general understanding of the 
chemical, physical and mechanical properties of dental materials. The in- 
dications and limitations of materials will be stressed as well as proper 
manipulation of those materials used by dental hygienists. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 120— Dental Roentgenology. (2-3-3). Summer 
Quarter. 

This course will include a series of lectures, demonstrations, and directed 
experience in the fundamentals of dental roentgenology. Intra-oral 
techniques for the taking and processing of radiographs are taught and 
laboratory time will be devoted to demonstration and directed experience. 
Clincial time in subsequent quarters will afford the application of the prin- 
ciples to clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 121— Applied Nutrition. (2-0-2). Spring Quarter. 

This course presents the biochemical aspects of nutrition as applied to the 
practice of dentistry. Students are instructed in diet, history taking, and 
dietetic counseling. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 21 1-212-213— Clinical Dental Hygiene IV, V, and 
VI. (1-12-5) (1-12-5) (1-12-5). Fall, Winter and Spring Quarters respectively. 
Prerequisites: Dental Hygiene 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the preceding clinical courses. Em- 
phasis centers on improved proficiency in all areas of a working clinic. Lec- 
ture time is devoted mainly to the discussion of experiences encountered in 
clinical situations. Pertinent material related to the dental hygiene 
profession is included in these courses. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 214— Anesthesiology and Pharmacology. (3-0-3). 
Fall. 

This course is a study of drugs and anesthetics with special consideration 
given to those used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the student with 
the principles of drug action in the human patient. 

1 17 



DENTAL HYGIENE 215— Preventive Dentistry. (2-0-2). Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases are presented. Emphasis is 
placed on training the student in the utilization of oral physiotherapy aids 
and on education and motivation of patients in proper oral hygiene. 
Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford the application of these 
principles to clinical situations. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 216— Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene. (1-0-1). 
Fall. 

This course is designed as a seminar to acquaint students with the ethical 
responsibilities of the dental hygienist, the jurisprudence governing the 
practice of dental hygiene, and the structure and function of the American 
Dental Association, the Georgia Dental Association, and the American 
Dental Hygienists Association. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 217— Dental Health Education and Public Health. 
(3-0-3). Winter. 

This course includes demonstrations and practical applications of 
modern methods of dental health education. Developing teaching materials 
for dental health education and the presentation of materials are included. 

This course also introduces the student to the various aspects of public 
health with reference to the needs of the community. Information con- 
cerning opportunities for participation in public health dentistry by the den- 
tal hygienist is included. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 218— Dental Assisting. (2-0-2). Winter. 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the contributions to 
the provision of dental services by dental auxiliary personnel. The principles 
of assistant utilization are presented and application of these principles is 
made during clinical experience. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 219— Total Patient Care. (2-0-2). Winter. 

This course is a series of lectures designed to acquaint the student with the 
subject matter and practice of the various dental specialties in relation to the 
patient's total health. Emphasis is placed on periodontics, its treatment and 
the role of the dental hygienist in maintenance of oral health. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 220— Directed Field Experience. (0-12-4). Spring. 
Prerequisites: Speech 228, Dental Hygiene 215, 216, 217, 218, 219. 

Students will receive directed field experience in public health dentistry 
and dentistry for the handicapped. They will also experience planned 
learning experiences in private dental offices. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 221— Director's Seminar. (1-0-1). Spring. 

The student will be given the opportunity to reflect on the learning ex- 
periences of the dental hygiene curriculum and the role of the hygienist as a 
member of the health team. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

An additional two years of study (six quarters) are offered to graduates of 
accredited associate degree dental hygiene programs who are registered den- 

138 



tal hygienists. The enrollment is limited to those applicants with a minimum 
of one year of professional experience who wish to prepare themselves for a 
second career in Dental Hygiene Education. 

In addition to courses listed for the Associate in Science in Dental 
Hygiene Degree, the following courses must be completed. 

English 122, 221 10 Dental Hygiene 401 5 

Mathematics— a lOqtr. hr. Dental Hygiene 402 5 

sequence 10 Dental Hygiene 403 5 

History 114*, 115* 10 Dental Hygiene 404 5 

Philosophy 201 5 20 

Education 301 5 

Psychology 301, 305 10 

•Education 330 5 

Electives ... 15 

73 

"These courses may be exempted by 
examination with credit awarded. See 
"Academic Regulations" and "Degree 
Programs" sections. 



Course Offerings 

DENTAL HYGIENE 401— Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education I. 
(1-8-5). Offered on Demand. 

An introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene clinic, with 
emphasis on observation, individual and small group teaching, and teacher 
aide work. The first professional course for majors in Dental Hygiene 
Education. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 402— Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education II. 
(1-8-5). Offered on Demand. 

A continuation of Dental Hygiene 401. Problems common to beginning 
dental hygiene teachers, practices and procedures designed to accomplish 
program objectives, the establishment and organization of content, 
methods of clinical evaluation and supervision in the dental hygiene clinic. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 403— Practicum in Dental Hygiene Education III. 
(1-8-5). Offered on Demand. 

An advanced field experience, designed to assist the student in the 
development of learning activities, teaching procedures, and the presen- 
tation of materials pertinent to dental hygiene education. The student will 
develop and teach selected units in the basic dental hygiene sequence. 

DENTAL HYGIENE 404— Dental Hygiene Independent Study. (2-6-5). 
Offered on Demand. 

Individual independent study and field work in an area of major interest 
with special relevance to dental hygiene and future career objectives. 



ECONOMICS 

(See listing under Department of Business Administration). 

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

Professor William W. Stokes, Head; Associate Professors Barber, Len- 
tini, Newberry, and Ward; Assistant Professors Bland, Simensen, and 
White. 

The purpose of the Department of Education is to coordinate the college- 
wide programs of teacher education and to offer professional courses for 
the pre-service and in-service preparation of teachers. For specific 
requirements of the teacher education program offered by the college, see 
"Teacher Education" under "Degree Programs." For programs of study 
for degrees with secondary certification requirements, see appropriate^ 
departmental listings. Following are the programs of study for the degrees 
of Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education and Bachelor of Science in 
Education (Speech Correction): 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 96 

1 . Humanities: 30 quarter hours 

Art 200, 290, 291 ; Music 200; or Philosophy 201 5 

English 121, 122, 221 15 

Speech 228 5 

Sociology 201 or Anthropology 201 5 

2. Social Sciences: 30 quarter hours 

Geography 111 5 

History 114*, 115*, and History 251* or 252* 15 

Political Science 113* 5 

Psychology 101 5 

3. Science: 30 quarter hours 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Chemistry, 121, 122; Physics 21 1, 212; or 

Physical Science 121, 122 10 

Mathematics 101 and one of the following: 

Mathematics 103, 195, 220, 290 10 

4. Physical Education: 6 quarter hours 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 3 

140 



B. Electives 25 

1. Approved electives to establish added proficiency in one area 
of concentration chosen to correspond to the elementary 
curriculum: art, language arts, mathematics, modern foreign 
languages, music, sciences, social sciences, or teacher library 
service 20 

2. Approved elective in related field 5 

C. Specialized Content Courses 30 

1 . Education 425 5 

2. Mathematics 391 5 

13. Four of the following courses: 20 
Art 320 
Education 434 
English 331 
Music 320 
Physical Education 320 

D. Professional Sequence Courses 40 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 203, 301 , 435, 436, 446, 447, 448 35 

TOTAL 191 

*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 



Bachelor of Science in Education: Speech Correction 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 76 

1 . Humanities: 20 quarter hours 

English 121 , 122, 221 , and one course selected 

from: Art 200, 290, 291; Music 200; 

Philosophy 201; English 222 20 

2. Social Sciences: 25 quarter hours 

History 114*, 115*, and History 251* or 252* 15 

Political Science 113* 5 

Psychology 101 5 

3. Science: 25 quarter hours 

Biology 101, 102 10 

Physical Science 121 5 

Mathematics 101 5 

Mathematics 195 or 290 5 

141 



4. Physical Education: 6 quarter hours 

Physical Education 103 1 

Physical Education 117 2 

Three courses selected from: 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107 

200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 3 

B. Speech Correction 55 

Special Education 225 • 5 

Special Education 230 5 

Special Education 315 5 

Special Education 320 5 

Special Education 335 5 

Special Education 410 5 

Special Education 411 5 

Special Education 412 5 

Special Education 413 5 

Special Education 415 5 

Special Education 420 5 

Each quarter, following completion of the courses Special 
Education 410 and Special Education 415, the student will be 
assigned cases for supervised clinical practice. 

C. Related Courses 15 

Mental Health 102 5 

Psychology 305, 405 10 

D. Professional Sequence Courses 45 

Psychology 301 5 

Education 203, 301, 330, 425,446,447,448 35 

Special Education 205 5 

TOTAL 191 

These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 



Course Offerings 

EDUCATION 203— Orientation to Teaching. (5-0-5). Each quarter. 

The study of the status of education and of teaching as a profession. The 
student engages in directed self-study and plans for the achievement of his 
professional goals. 

EDUCATION 301— Child Development and the Educative Process. (2-8- 
5). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Education 203. 

A study of the developmental learning characteristics of pupils in relation 
to ways in which the school environment may elicit further development. 

142 



Students attend seminars on campus and serve as junior professionals in 
selected elementary schools. Enrollment limited to 12 students per section. 

EDUCATION 307— Growth and Development of the Young Child. (5-0- 
5). Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The study of inter-relatedness of the aspects of growth and development: 
physical-motor, social-emotional, and intellectual-cognitive for the young 
child. A unification of theory and research utilizing directed observations 
and a study of various measurements appropriate with young children will 
be included. 

EDUCATION 308— Child and His Family. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The study of children including the parent-child, parent-teacher, relation- 
ships and cultural factors which affect children and their families. 
Techniques for development of parent involvement in the total develop- 
mental processes. 

EDUCATION 309— Materials and Methods of Early Childhood 
Education. (5-0-5). Winter, Prerequisite: Education 307. 

The study of curricula needs, materials and techniques appropriate for 
use with young children. 

EDUCATION 310 — Practicum in Nursery-Kindergarten Education. (2- 
8-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Education 309. 

Provides opportunities for directed experience with children under six. 
Students attend seminars and work in selected preschool programs. 

EDUCATION 330 - Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
General. (3-6-5). Spring and Summer. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, Psychology 301 . 

The study of secondary school curriculum and methods. Detailed study is 
given to techniques of systematic observation, preparation of behavioral 
objectives, analysis of critical incidents, production of media materials, 
practices of classroom control, and examination of instructional models. 
Directed practicum. 

EDUCATION 338 — Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Business Education. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, Psychology 301 . 

The study of secondary school business education curriculum with em- 
phasis upon materials and methods of teaching business education. Direc- 
ted observation. 

EDUCATION 425— The Teaching of Reading. (5-0-5). Each quarter. 
Prerequisites: Education 203 and Admission to Teacher Education, or per- 
mission of instructor. 

The teaching of reading including approaches, techniques, materials, and 
evaluating growth. 

EDUCATION 426 — Practicum in Individualized Reading Instruction. 
(2-8-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisite: Education 425. 

This course is designed to provide prospective teachers with directed prac- 
tice and observation in the teaching of reading. Special emphasis will be 
placed upon diagnosis and teaching of needed reading skills. Students will 
be placed under the supervision of teachers who have been selected for their 

143 



competency in the teaching of reading. Open to Elementary Education 
majors only. 

EDUCATION 434— Methods and Curriculum of Elementary Science. (5- 
0-5). Winter and Summer. 

Provides prospective teachers with a better concept of the meaning of 
science, processes for translating this concept into classroom practice and a 
variety of ways for helping children learn science, with special emphasis on 
the kind of inquiry that engages them in the processes of discovery. 

EDUCATION 435— Elementary School Curriculum. (5-0-5). Summer, 
Fall, Winter. Corequisite: Education 436. Prerequisites: Education 301 and 
Psychology 301, or permission of the instructor, and admission to the 
teacher education program. 

The study of existing organizational patterns of the school and ex- 
periences in curriculum planning, evaluation, trends, and design. Directed i 
observation. 

EDUCATION 436— Elementary School Methods. (5-0-5). Summer, Fall, 1 
Winter. Corequisite: Education 435. Prerequisites: Education 301 and i 
Psychology 301, or permission of the instructor, and admission to the 
teacher education program. 

The study and evaluation of teaching methods, materials, and equipment 
in the various teaching fields. Actual unit development in preparation for 
student teaching. 

EDUCATION 439— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
English. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education, 
Psychology 301. 

The study of secondary school English curriculum with emphasis upon 
materials and methods of teaching English. Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 440 — Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Social 
Science. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, Psychology 301 . 

The study of secondary school social science curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching social science. Directed ob- 
servation. 

EDUCATION 441— Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, 
Mathematics. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Admission to 
Teacher Education, Psychology 301, and 12 hours of 300 or 400 level 
mathematics courses. Corequisite: Mathematics 311, Mathematics 336. 

The study of secondary school mathematics curriculum with emphasis 
upon materials and methods of teaching mathematics. Directed ob- 
servations. 

EDUCATION 443— Methods and Curriculum in Health, Physical and 
Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Ad- 
mission to Teacher Education, Psychology 301 , Education 330. 

The study of secondary school Health, Physical and Recreation 
Education curriculum with emphasis upon materials and methods of 
teaching Health, Physical and Recreation Education. Directed observation. 

EDUCATION 446— 447— 448— Student Teaching. (15 quarter hours). 
Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: See "Teacher Education" section under 
"Degree Programs." 

144 



Students are placed in selected schools for one quarter as full time student 
staff members. No additional credit hours may be earned while student 
teaching. Classroom teaching experiences and other staff responsibilities 
are jointly supervised by the college staff, supervising teachers, and prin- 
cipals in the selected schools. Open to transient students only with per- 
mission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 1 10— Introduction to Library Research and 
Materials. (1-0-1). 

An orientation to the Lane Library, library terminology, general research 
methods, and major library aids, such as the card catalog, classification and 
subject heading guides, general periodical and newspaper indexes, en- 
cyclopedias, dictionaries, almanacs, handbooks and yearbooks. This is a 
survey course to acquaint the student with a library's potential to answer his 
information needs as a student, civilian, researcher, or business person. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 111— Special Periodicals and Bibliographies. (1-0- 

1). 

A self-instructional survey of special periodical and book indexes as well 
as. atlases; gazetteers; biographical tools; reviews and criticisms; and 
national, state, local, and selected international and foreign documents, 
guides and tools. 

♦LIBRARY SCIENCE 310— Reference Materials. (5-0-5). 

Study and evaluation of basic reference sources for effective reference 
service in elementary and secondary schools. Designed to give the student a 
working knowledge of a library as an information and resource center. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 311— Principles of Library Research and 
Materials. (1-0-1). 

A study of general research methodology and tools. The methodology 
aspect will focus on two main areas of concern, (1) the question-transfer 
and negotiation process, and (2) the ability to recognize ready reference, 
bibliographic and evaluative reference/research questions. The study of 
tools will focus on the recognition and application of the proper sources for 
solution. A research project approved by the professor is required as partial 
requirement for completion of course. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 312 — Information Resources in the Humanities. 
(1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search 
techniques in the Humanities. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 313 — Information Resources in the Social Scien- 
ces. (1-0-1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search 
techniques in the Social Sciences. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 314— Information Resources in the Sciences. (1-0- 
1). 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search 
techniques in the Sciences. 



♦LIBRARY SCIENCE 320— Cataloging and Classification of School 
Library Materials. (5-0-5). 

Introducation to the basic principles of cataloging and classification of 
books and audiovisual materials through the use of Dewey and Library of 
Congress classification. The card catalog, shelf list, physical procession, 
and procedure for ordering and using printed cards will be studied. 

♦LIBRARY SCIENCE 410— Materials Selection. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. 

Selection and evaluation of books and non-book materials; emphasis on 
those which meet curriculum needs and interest, and which represent 
various levels of difficulty; ways of stimulating their use. Attention will be 
given to selection aids and reading guidance. 

♦LIBRARY SCIENCE 420— School Library Administration and 
Organization. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 

Basic organization of books, non-book materials, and services for ef- 
fective use in school libraries. Administering the budget, purchase of 
materials, personnel, circulation, inventory, weeding, and instruction in the 
use of library materials will be considered. Examination of the im- 
provement of instruction by correlating library use with school curricula. 

This course partially satisfies the certification requirement for the Associate Library Media 
Specialist (Georgia State Department of Education). 



SPEECH CORRECTION 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 205— Introduction to Exceptional Children (5- 
0-5). Spring. 

A study of the different kinds of exceptional children with emphasis on 
etiological factors, educational implications, and rehabilitation require- 
ments. Primary consideration will be given to general discussions of 
mental retardation, emotional and social disturbances, visual and hearing 
impairments, physical handicaps, and speech and language disorders. 
Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 225— Phonetics for Speech Correctionists. (2- 
6-5). Spring. 

Deals with the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) in speech 
correction, IPA transcription of normal and defective articulation and the 
important characteristcs of regional dialects are stressed. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 230— Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech 
and Hearing Mechanism. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, and thorax from a speech 
and hearing standpoint. Special emphasis is placed on functional con- 
siderations of the respiratory system, larynx, oral and nasal structures, and 
ear. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 315— Normal Speech and Language Develop- 
ment. (5-0-5). Winter. 

The study of normal language development with emphasis on oral 
language. This course traces developmental scales of speech and language 

146 



growth across various age levels and includes the relationship between 
speech and language. Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 320— Psychology of Speech. (5-0-5). Spring. 

Basic principles of psychology as they apply to speech, with emphasis on 
learning, motivation, emotions, intelligence, personality, social relations, 
and psychological effects of speech disorders. Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 335— Speech Science. (3-4-5). Fall. 

Speech communication from a psychophysical standpoint. Study focuses 
on acoustics, physics of speech, transmission media, and physical analysis 
of speech. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 410— Group Processes and Program Ad- 
ministration. (3-4-5). Spring. 

Administration of public school speech correction programs and methods 
of public school speech correction as related to working with children in 
groups. Characteristics of task oriented small group behavior and in- 
teraction are studied. Supervised clinical practice. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 411— Stuttering. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: 
Permission of Instructor. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, its possible causes and the 
management and training of cases. Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 412— Language Disorders. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

An introduction to language disorders of children and adults. Etiologies, 
evaluation procedures, and therapeutic approaches are studied. Major em- 
phasis will be given to delayed language development and aphasia. Ob- 
servations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 413— Organically Based Communication 
Problems. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

The course includes a study of the communication problems related to 
disorders of voice, cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Observations. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 415— Articulation Disorders. (2-6-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Special Education 325. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, and methods of therapy 
for disorders of articulation. The course includes the development of a 
therapeutic program, lesson plans, and supervised clinical practice. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 420— Introduction to Audiology. (2-6-5). Fall. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing assessment through pure tone 
and speech audiometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of the hearing im- 
paired. Supervised clinical practice. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 422— Manual Language for the Deaf. (4-2-5). 
Offered on Demand. 

A study of the practices, procedures and methods in teaching manual 
language to the deaf, with a review of the historical philosophies and 
current trends and literature. At the conclusion of the course the student 
will have a working ability to communicate with a manual deaf individual as 
well as the ability to teach young deaf children the process of manual 
language. 

147 



ENGLISH 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature). 

ENTOMOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Biology). 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 

Professor Harry Persse, Head; Associate Professor Trautwein; Assistant 
Professors Brandon, McKinnell and Nadalich; Instructors Ambrose and 
Radebaugh. 

Degree Programs in Music 

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with a 
major in music and the Bachelor of Music Education degree. The Bachelor 
of Music Education Degree is given in cooperation with Savannah State 
College. The course descriptions indicate which Savannah State College 
courses may substitute for equivalent courses at Armstrong State College. 

Admission Requirements 

Since the college-level study of music presupposes a considerable 
background in music, as well as an aptitude for it, an audition is required 
for admission to the program. The audition will be used to determine the 
student's level of proficiency in his instrument and his potential for success 
in the program. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

In addition to the academic core requirements, candidates for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music and the Bachelor of Music 
Education Degree will complete the following music core courses: 

Quarter Hours 

Elementary Music Theory 111,112,113 9 

Intermediate Music Theory 211, 212, 213 9 

Music Ensemble 251, 252, or 254 6 

Applied Music 141 , 142, 143 6 

241, 242, 243 6 

Music History 371, 372, 373 9 

Music Theory 312 3 

TOTAL 48 

148 









Additional Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree: 

Quarter Hours 

Music electives 15 

Applied Music 341, 342, 343 6 

441 , 442, 443 6 

Foreign Language 101, 102, 103 15 

Art History 290, 291 10 

Academic Electives 25 

Physical Education 6 

TOTAL 83 



Additional Requirements for the Bachelor of Music Education Degree: 

Quarter Hours 

Music Methods 221, 222, 223, 225 9 

Conducting Clinic 325, 326, 327 3 

Conducting 281 3 

Applied Music 6 

Music 350, 351 7 

Music 352, 353 4 

Music 361 3 

Education 203, 330, 446, 447, 448 25 

English 228 5 

Psychology 301 5 

Electives 8 

TOTAL 78 

Additional requirements for music majors in the Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Music Education Degree programs: 

1 . Meet a recital attendance requirement as directed by the faculty. 

2. Enroll for applied music each quarter until the applied music 
requirement has been met (except when student teaching). 

The quarterly applied music grade will be determined in part by a 
jury examination before a committee of the music faculty. 

3. Participate in a large ensemble of the college each quarter of at- 
tendance (except when student teaching). Voice students should enroll 
for chorus and band instrument students for concert band. 

4. Participate in student recitals as directed by the applied music in- 
structor. A student must perform on a quarterly student recital at least 
once per year. 

5. Attain minimum keyboard proficiency (the ability to play simple 
hymns, standard cadences and simple piano pieces). A piano 
proficiency examination will be given annually during the Spring 
Quarter to all students whose principal instrument is not keyboard. 
Students failing to meet this requirement should enroll for Class Piano 
until the requirement has been met. 



6. Achieve a minimum level of proficiency in the student's principal in- 
strument. Proficiency examinations will be administered at jury 
examinations during the student's last quarter of instruction. Upon 
recommendation of the applied music instructor a twenty-five or fifty 
minute recital may be substituted for the proficiency examination. 

In the Bachelor of Arts degree program a minimum of eighteen hours of | 
applied music will be in the principal instrument. In the Bachelor of Music j 
Education degree program a minimum of twelve hours of applied music will 
be in the principal instrument. 

Course Offerings 

ART 

ART 101 — Basic Design and Drawing. (3-4-5). Alternate years. 

An introduction to compositional design in monochrome. Emphasis on 
drawing from observation using a variety of media and approaches. 

ART 102 — Basic Design and Drawing. (3-4-5). Alternate years. 

An introduction to the use of color in the solution of design problems. 

ART 103 — Basic Design and Drawing. (3-4-5). Alternate years. 

An introduction to drawing the human figure. Includes basic anatomy 
for the artist, the study of master drawings of the human figure, and 
drawing directly from live models. 

ART 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter. 

The study of theories of art and their application in masterworks of art 
from all ages, directed toward increasing the understanding and enjoyment 
of art for the non-art major. Not recommended for students who have 
credit for Art 291. 

ART 201 — Drawing and Painting. (0-6-3). Alternate years. 

An introduction to painting in oils from various observed subjects and 
from sketches. 

ART 202 — Drawing and Painting. (0-6-3). Alternate years. 

A continuation of Art 201 . 

ART 203— Drawing and Painting. (0-6-3). Alternate years. 

An introduction to watercolor painting in the studio and from nature. 

ART 290— History of Art. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 

A survey of world art from ancient times through the Baroque. 

ART 291— History of Art. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 

A survey of world art from the end of the seventeenth century to the 
present. Not recommended for students who have credit for Art 200. 

ART 301— Painting I. (0-10-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Art 
101,201,290, and 291. 

Techniques with opaque media directed toward figurative images. Pic- 
torial composition. Includes study of selected master painters regarding 
their technical means and aesthetic accomplishments. 

ART 302— Painting II. (0-10-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisite: Art 
301. 

A continuation of Art 301 . Includes non-figurative and abstract images. 



ART 320— Art for the Elementary Teacher. (4-2-5). Winter, Summer. 

A study of materials and methods for teaching art at the elementary 
school level. 

ART 330— Ceramics I. (0-10-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Art 
103, 202. 

Fundamentals of function, form, and ornamentation of hand-formed 
pottery. Techniques of pinch, coil and slab construction. Includes the study 
of selected master potters (individuals and cultural traditions) to understand 
better the technical approaches and aesthetic standards of pottery making. 

ART 331— Ceramics II. (0-10-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisite: Art 
330. 

Introduction to the use of the potter's wheel. Continuation of decorative 
processes and finishes. An introduction to the chemistry and arithmetic of 
glazes. 

Course Offerings 

MUSIC 

MUSIC 100— Rudiments of Music. (5-0-5). Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the principles of music reading with applications to 
the keyboard, guitar and simple wind instruments. May not be used for 
credit toward a degree in music. 

MUSIC 111— Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Fall. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music including 
sightsinging, eartraining and keyboard harmony. 

MUSIC 112— Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Winter. 

A continuation of Music 1 1 1 with emphasis on part-writing and diatonic 
material. 

MUSIC 113— Elementary Theory. (3-2-3). Spring. 

A continuation of Music 112 introducing seventh chords and diatonic 
modulation. 

MUSIC 200— Introduction to Music Literature. (5-0-5). Fall, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student understand music by means of 
analysis of style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUSIC 210— Honors Introduction to Music Literature (5-0-5). Winter 
and Summer. Prerequisites: Music major status or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A course designed for the student with a practical musical background or 
previous listening experience. Emphasis will be on the development of per- 
ception of style and form through listening. May be used as a substitute for 
Music 200 in the Core Curriculum. 

MUSIC 211 — Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Fall. Prerequisite: Music 
113. 

A continuation of Music 1 1 3 with emphasis on chromatic harmony. 

MUSIC 212— Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Winter. 

A continuation of Music 21 1 . 

MUSIC 213— Intermediate Theory. (3-2-3). Spring. 

A continuation of Music 212 with emphasis on twentieth century 
techniques. 

151 



MUSIC 221— Brass and Percussion Instrument Methods. (0-4-3). Alter- 
nate years. 

An introduction to the principles of brass and percussion instrument per- 
formance and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 222— Woodwind Instrument Methods. (0-3-2). Alternate years. 

An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument performance 
and pedagogy. 

MUSIC 223— String Instrument Methods. (0-3-2). Alternate years. 

An introduction to the principles of string instrument performance and 
pedagogy. 

MUSIC 225— Voice Methods. (0-3-2). Alternate years. 

An introduction to the principles of voice production with emphasis on 
pedagogical applications. 

MUSIC 226— Piano Class. (0-2-1). Offered on Demand. 

A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis on the skills needed to 
fulfill the piano proficiency requirement. 

MUSIC 227— Voice Class. (0-2-1). Offered on Demand. 

A study of voice production techniques with practical application to stan- 
dard song literature. Not open to students whose principal instrument is 
voice. 

MUSIC 228-229— Diction in Singing. (2-0-2) (2-0-2). 

A study of phonetics and pronunciation of Italian, German, French, and 
English as applied to singing. 

MUSIC 251— Concert Band. (0-5-2). 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 252— Stage Band. (0-2-1). 

Open to qualified students. 

MUSIC 254— Chorus. (0-3-1). 

Open to qualified students. 

(A student is limited to six hours of ensemble credit). 

MUSIC 255— Chamber Ensemble. (0-2-1). On Demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the performing media of brass, wood- 
wind, string, keyboard, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUSIC 281— Conducting. (3-0-3). Alternate years. Prerequisite: Music 
113. 

An introduction to the techniques of conducting and interpretation. 
Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 407. 

♦MUSIC 312— Form and Analysis. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Music 213. 

The study of the principles of form in music and techniques of harmonic 
analysis. Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 31 1 . 

MUSIC 320— Music for the Elementary Teacher. (5-0-5). Winter, Sum- 
mer. 

An introduction to music skills and materials for the elementary 
classroom teacher. Not open to music majors. 

MUSIC 325— Choral Clinic. (0-1-1). Prerequisites: Music 213, 225, and 
281. 

A laboratory course to provide music students with experience in choral 
conducting. 

152 






MUSIC 326— Band Clinic. (0-1-1). Prerequisites: Music 213, 221, 222, 
and 281. 

A laboratory course to provide music students with experience in in- 
strumental conducting. 

MUSIC 327— Orchestra Clinic. (0-1-1). Prerequisites: Music 213, 223, 
and 281. 

A laboratory course to provide students with experience in ensemble con- 
ducting. 

MUSIC 350— Music in the Lower School. (3-0-3). Fall. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of 
techniques and materials for teaching music in the lower school. Equivalent 
substitute at Savannah State College: Music 301 . 

MUSIC 351— Music in the Middle and Upper School. (4-0-4). Spring. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of 
techniques and materials for teaching music in the junior and senior high 
schools. Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 308. 

MUSIC 352— Band Methods. (2-0-2). Offered on Demand. 
A course dealing with the organization, maintenance and development of 
school instrumental ensembles. 

MUSIC 353— Choral Methods. (2-0-2). Offered on Demand. 
A course dealing with the organization and development of school choral 
ensembles. 

MUSIC 361 — Orchestration and Arranging. (3-0-3). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisite: Music 213. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for vocal and 
instrumental ensembles. Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: 
Music 307. 

*MUSIC 371 — Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: One year of music 
theory or permission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins through the 
Renaissance. Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 314. 

♦MUSIC 372— Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: One year of music 
theory, or permission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and Classic 
periods. Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 315. 

*MUSIC 373 — Music History. (3-0-3). Prerequisite: Music 213 or per- 
mission of the instructor. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic Period and in 
the 20th century. Equivalent substitute at Savannah State College: Music 
316. 

MUSIC 411— Composition. (1 to 5 hours). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: Music 213, 312. 

1 si 



MUSIC 412 — Counterpoint. (3-0-3). Offered on Demand. Prerequisite: 
Music 213. 

A study of contrapuntal practices of the Renaissance, Baroque and 20th 
century music. 

MUSIC 417 — Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Brass In- 
struments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the brass in- 
struments. 

MUSIC 418 — Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Woodwind In- 
struments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the woodwind in- 
struments. 

MUSIC 419 — Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques of Percussion In- 
struments. (2-0-2). Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A survey of the literature and teaching techniques of the percussion in- 
struments. 

MUSIC 420-421— Piano Literature. (2-0-2 each course). 

A survey of literature for the piano. 

MUSIC 422— Opera Literature. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand 
Prerequisites: Music 371, 372, 272 or permission of the instructor. 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the origins of the form to the 
present. 

MUSIC 425, 426, 427— Symphonic Literature. (5-0-5 each quarter.) 
Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of the instructor. 

A survey of literature for the symphony orchestra from the Baroque 
period to contemporary times. 

MUSIC 481 — Advanced Conducting Techniques. (3-0-3). On Demand 
Prerequisite: Music 281 . 

Advanced techniques for the choral and orchestral conductor. 

MUSIC 490— Directed Individual Study. (1 to 5 credits). Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

♦Offered only at Savannah State College during 1975-1976. 

Applied Music Courses 

To receive credit towards satisfaction of the applied music requirement in 
the music program a student should have met the entrance requirements for 
proficiency in his principal instrument. 

Music 131, 132, 133; 231, 232, 233; 331, 332, 333; 431, 432, 433— Applied 
Music. One twenty-five minute private lesson per week. One hour credit per 
quarter. 

Music 141, 142, 143; 241, 242, 243; 341, 342, 343; 441, 442, 443— Applied 
Music. One fifty minute lesson per week. Two hours credit per quarter. 

154 



Applied Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one or two twenty-five minute private 
lessons per week. A special fee of $31.00 for one twenty-five minute lesson 
or $62.00 for two lessons is charged quarterly to students not admitted to a 
music degree program, to music majors not enrolled for ten or more quarter 
hours of credit, and to music majors enrolled for more than one applied 
course. This fee is refundable only when the student has not met his first 
lesson. 



FRENCH 

(See listing under Department of languages and Literature.) 

GEOGRAPHY 

(See listing under Department of History and Political Science.) 

GEOLOGY 
(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

GERMAN 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

HEALTH 

(See listing under Department of Physical Education.) 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professor Roger K. Warlick, Head; Professors Beecher, Coyle, and 
Lanier; Associate Professors Clark, Duncan, Gross, McCarthy, Patterson, 
and Newman; Assistant Professors Arens, Boney, Comaskey, and Rhee. 

All students are reminded that any who receive degrees from the Univer- 
sity System of Georgia are required to demonstrate proficiency in U.S. and 
Georgia History and Constitutions. This requirement may be met by the 
successful completion of Political Science 113 and History 251 or "252 or 
may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 



A major in Political Science or History is most useful to those who plan 
to enter teaching, library or archival work, publishing, journalism, or such 
professional fields as international business, law or theology. Either major 
is also a desirable foundation for opportunities in or related to government 
(e.g., civil and foreign service, A.I.D., U.S. I. A., ACTION, teaching 
abroad, etc.). Beyond these fields there is an enormous variety of 
organizations (local, national, and international) whose philanthropic, sec 
tarian, or economic interests require people with the skills and sensitivity 
developed by a major in History or Political Science. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 
The Major in History 

Students majoring in History should satisfy the college core requirements 
for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the Freshman and Sophomore years. 
To complete the major requires, beyond Western Civilization (History 114- 
115) and U.S. History (History 251-252), forty quarter hours from courses 
numbered 300 or above (with grades of "C" or better) including History 
300. Students should register for History 300 in the Sophomore or early in 
the Junior year, or in the first possible quarter after making the decision to 
major in History. The major program must also include (a) 25 quarter 
hours in related fields such as: Anthropology, History of Art and Music,! 
Economics, Literature, Political Science, Philosophy, or Sociology; and (b) 
proficiency in a foreign language through the 103-level. Students who con-j 
template graduate work in History, however, are strongly advised to con- 
tinue their linquistic study beyond this elementary level. 

In selecting coursework, a student may emphasize the history of one par- 
ticular area or cultural tradition, but may not present a major exclusively in 
only one of these areas. 



The Major in Political Science 

Students majoring in Political Science should satisfy the college core; 
requirements for the Bachelor of Arts during their Freshman and 
Sophomore years. To complete a Political Science major requires, beyond 
American Government (113), forty quarter hours of upper division courses 
in the field (with grades of "C" or better). Further, the program must in-l 
elude at least one course from each of the following groups: 

I. American Political Institutions 

(300, 304, 305, 317, 403, 411, 414, 418) 
II. International Relations (320, 325, 326, 329) 

III. Political Theory (331, 332, 333) 

IV. Comparative Government (348, 349) 



The major's program must also include Mathematics 220, and at least 25 
hours of coursework in such fields as Economics, History, Geography, 
Mathematics, Computer Science, Philosophy, Psychology, or Sociology. 

In addition, there is a language requirement which may be met either by 
foreign language credit through the 103-level (French or German preferred), 
or by completing Computer Science 110, 231, 232. Students who con- 
template graduate work in Political Science, however, are strongly advised 
to continue their linguistic study beyond this elementary level. 

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION may be a subject Political Science majors 
would like to emphasize. Interested students should consult with Political 
Science faculty or the Department Head to design such a program. The 
following courses are especially appropriate to such a design: 
POS 304, 403, 418 and POS 395. 
C.S. 1 10, 23 1 , 232 (in lieu of foreign language) 
ECON. 201 , BA. 360, and S.W. 320, SOC 360 or SOC 365 (SSC) 

In addition, the PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION emphasis would involve 
specialized hours such as: 

BA 21 1 , 212, 375 and Econ. 335, 375 or Computer 
Science 301, 302, 306, 320, 431, 432. 

Program for Secondary School Teachers of Social Science 
(History or Political Science) 

Quarter Hours 
I. History Concentration 

A. General Requirements 80 

1. English 121, 122,221 15 

2. One Foreign Language 15 

3. Art 200, 290, 291, Music 200, English 222, 
or Philosophy 201 5 

4. History 114, 115* 10 

5. History 251* or 252* 5 

6. Political Science 113* and Psychology 101 10 

7. Freshman Mathematics 
(including Mathematics 220) 10 

8. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 21 1,212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

B. Additional Courses in History 
(all must be upper division) 35 



History 300 5 

U.S. History 10 

European History 10 

Non-Western History 10 

C. Supporting work to be selected from at least two 

of the following fields: 40 

1 . Political Science 20 

Political Science 200 5 

U.S. Government (300 level) 5 

Political Science Electives (300 level) 10 

2. Economics 20 

Economics 201, 202 10 

Advanced Economics electives 10 

3. Behavioral Sciences 20 

Sociology 350 5 

Psychology 410 5 

Advanced electives in Psychology 

or Sociology 10 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three elective courses 3 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 



TOTAL 196 



Quarter Hours 
II. Political Science Concentration 

A. General Requirements 80 

1. English 121, 122, 221 15 

2. One Foreign Language 15 

3. Art 200, 290, 291, Music 200, English 222, 

or Philosophy 201 5 

4. History 114, 115* 10 

5. History 251* or 252* 5 

6. Political Science 113* and Psychology 101 10 

7. Freshman Mathematics 

(including Mathematics 220) 10 

1^Q 






8. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 21 1,212 
Physics 217, 218 
Physical Science 121, 122 

B. Additional courses in Political Science (all must 

be upper division) 35 

At least 5 Q.H. must be taken from each area. 

1 . Public Administration (300's) 

2. U.S. Government (310's) 

3. International Affairs (320's) 

4. Political Theory (330's) 

5. Comparative Government (340's) 

C. Supporting work to be selected from at least two of 

the following fields: 40 

1 . History 20 

History 251* or 252* 5 

U.S. History (300 level) 5 

Advanced History Electives 10 

2. Economics 20 

Economics 201 , 202 10 

Advanced Economics Electives 10 

3. Behavioral Sciences 20 

Sociology 350 5 

Psychology 410 5 

Advanced Electives in Psychology or 

Sociology 10 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three elective courses 3 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 



TOTAL 196 



•These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 



Course Offerings 
HISTORY 

HISTORY 114— History of Western Civilization. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

A chronological survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, 
and intellectual activity in western civilization from the time of the ancient 
Mediterranean civilization to 1715. 

HISTORY 115— History of Western Civilization. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

A continuation of History 1 14 to the present. 

HISTORY 191— Honors Civilization I. (5-0-5). Fall. 

This course replaces History 114 for selected students. While the subject 
matter will be the same as for History 114, the treatment of it will vary 
greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual lecture method, 
allowing students to read widely and carry out their own research under the 
direction of the professor. 

HISTORY 192— Honors Civilization II. (5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: 
History 191 or a grade of "A" in History 1 14. 

A continuation of History 191, this course replaces History 115. 

HISTORY 251— American History to 1865. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United 
States to the end of the Civil War. 

HISTORY 252— American History Since 1865. (5-0-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United 
States from 1865 to the present. 

HISTORY 300— Historical Method. (3-0-5). Fall. Required of all History 
majors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, treating 
problems of investigation, organization, and writing through discussion 
and actual research experience in local history. 

HISTORY 320— The Civilization of China and the Far East, Part I. (5-0- 
5). Fall. 

The history of East Asia civilization from ancient times through the 
eighteenth century, with emphasis on characteristic political, economic, and 
social developments. 

HISTORY 321— The Civilization of China and the Far East, Part II. (5- 
0-5). Winter. 

The history of East Asian nations from the nineteenth century to the 
present, with emphasis on political, social, economic, and intellectual 
developments. 

HISTORY 322— History of Japan. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A survey of the history of Japan, with major emphasis placed upon the 
development of Japan since 1600. 



HISTORY 323— History of India and South Asia. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of the civilization of South Asia, with principal attention given 
to India and Pakistan since 1600. 

HISTORY 329— Medieval Russia (5-0-5). Fall. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the 
Russian state from its foundation in the 9th century through its 
modernization by Peter the Great in the early 18th century. 

HISTORY 330— Modern Russia. (5-0-5). Winter. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. The 
major political, cultural, economic, and social developments of Russia in 
both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered. 

HISTORY 333— Modern Germany; 1789-1933. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Empire 
through the German confederation to the unified Reich. Attention will be 
given to political, social, and cultural developments in Austria, Prussia, and 
the "Third Germany." 

HISTORY 340— English History, 1660-1815. (5-0-5). Winter. Alternate 
Years. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, the constitutional 
revolution of 1688, the rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 18th 
Century, the American colonial revolt, and England's relationship to the 
French Revolution. 

HISTORY 341— English History 1485-1660. (5-0-5). Fall. Alternate 
Years. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, and religious issues un- 
der the Tudors and early Stuarts, including the English Civil War. 

HISTORY 342— Ancient History. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek city states, 
the Roman republic and empire, with special emphasis on the social, 
political and cultural contributions of these ancient peoples. 

HISTORY 343— Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333 - c.1000. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through the 
Carolingian period with special emphasis on the institutional developments 
which led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of the chaos of the bar- 
barian invasions. 

HISTORY 344— The High Middle Ages, c.1000 to c.1300. (5-0-5). 
Spring. 

The history of Europe from c.1000 to c.1300 with emphasis on the 
struggle between church and state, the Crusade movement, and the 12th 
century intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly influenced the 
development of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HISTORY 345— The Late Middle Ages and Renaissance. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Alternate Years. 

The history of Europe from c.1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the political, 
cultural, and intellectual developments which transformed medieval and 
Renaissance society. 

161 



HISTORY 346— Reformation Era. (5-0-5). Winter. Alternate Years. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and 
movements, and their development through the Thirty Years War. 
Political, social, and economic, as well as religious facets of the upheaval 
will be considered. 

HISTORY 347— The French Revolution and Napoleon. (5-0-5). Fall. 
The ideas and events of the Old Regime and the Enlightenment in France, 
with emphasis on the impact of the French Revolution and the career of 
Napoleon upon the major European nations. 

HISTORY 348— The History of Europe from 1815 to 1900. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual directions 
of European history from the Congress of Vienna to the end of the 
nineteenth century. 

HISTORY 349— Absolutism and The Enlightenment. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Alternate Years. 

The primary focus of this course is the social and intellectual history of 
western Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. 

HISTORY 350— Europe in the Twentieth Century. (5-0-5). Spring. 
A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900, with emphasis 
upon the origins and impact of the First and Second World Wars. 

HISTORY 351— Social and Intellectual History of the United States to 
1865. (5-0-5). Fall. Alternate Years. Prerequisite: History 251. 

An examination of political theory, social development, and the principal 
trends in American thought to 1865. 

HISTORY 354— Social and Intellectual History of the Unted States since 
1865. (5-0-5). Fall. Alternate Years. Prerequisite: History 252. 

A continuation of History 351 to the present. 

HISTORY 356— American Constitutional History. (5-0-5). Fall. 
A study of the origins, content, and expansion of the Constitution of the 
United States. 

HISTORY 365— The American Indian. (5-0-5)-. Spring. Alternate Years. 
A study of the history and cultures of the aborigines of the Americas. 

HISTORY 367— American Urban History. (5-0-5). Spring. 

A study of the process of urbanization in America from colonial times to 
the present, with attention to the causes of urban expansion, institutional 
development, class structure and mobility, problems of the city, reform, the 
image of the city in popular thought, and the impact of urbanization on 
national life. 

HISTORY 371— Colonial and Revolutionary America. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Alternate Years. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement and 
growth of the English colonies of North America, the American triumph 
over France in the New World, the drastic change in British colonial policy 
and the rise of American opposition to it, the achievement of independence 
and the establishment of the United States under the Constitution. 

162 



HISTORY 373— The Middle Period of American History. (5-0-5). 
Spring. Alternate Years. 

The political, economic, and cultural development of the Republic from 
1820 to the decade of the 1850's, with particular attention to Jacksonian 
Democracy, slavery and abolitionism, and the impact of westward ex- 
pansion. 

HISTORY 375— Civil War and Reconstruction. (5-0-5). Winter. 

The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with minor con- 
sideration of the military campaign; political, economic and social aspects 
of Reconstruction. 

HISTORY 376— Foundations of Modern America. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Alternate Years. 

An analysis of institutions and forces which molded American life in the 
late 19th and early 20th centuries, including politics, economics, society, 
and thought. 

HISTORY 378— Recent American History. (5-0-5). Spring. Alternate 
Years. 

The course covers twentieth century American History, with emphasis on 
political, economic, and social issues. 

HISTORY 395-396-397— Internship. (Credit variable, 5-15 hours). Open 
to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the College at 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Open to students acceptable by the Georgia Intern Program. The student 
will pursue an individually designed 'course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private agency for which he will 
receive a stipend. Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven 
week quarter for completion, during which time the student will be under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. 
Credit arrangements must be made through the department. 

HISTORY 400 — Seminar in American History. (5-0-5). Permission of in- 
structor required for admission. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced students to pursue intensive 
research on a special topic in the field to be defined by the instructor. 

HISTORY 410 — Seminar in European History. (5-0-5). Permission of 
instructor required for admission. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in European history by 
examination of primary materials. 

HISTORY 431— The Russian Revolution. (5-0-5). Spring. Alternate 
years. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tradition, the causes for the 
collapse of Tsarism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Russian 
Civil War. 

HISTORY 454— Studies in American Diplomacy I. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: History 251, or equivalent. 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs from 
colonial times to 1890. 

161 



HISTORY 455— Studies in American Diplomacy II. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: History 252, or equivalent. 

A continuation of History 454 to the present. 

HISTORY 490-491-492— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered each 
quarter. 

Admission by approval of instructor and the Head of the Department. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the College 
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and 
reading in some field of history under the supervision of a member of the 
staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor, and 
written reports and essays. Normally open only to seniors with a B average 
in History and in their overall work. 

HISTORY 495— European Historiography. (5-0-5). Fall. Alternate 
Years. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, with an 
emphasis on the historical philosophies, interpretations, and problems 
raised by the major modern European historians. Recommended especially 
to students contemplating graduate work in History. 

HISTORY 496— American Historiography. (5-0-5). Spring. Alternate 
Years. 

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to the 
present with emphasis on the historical philosophies and interpretations of 
the major schools of thought as well as individual historians. Recom- 
mended especially to students contemplating graduate work in History. 

GEOGRAPHY 

GEOGRAPHY 111— World Human Geography. (5-0-5). 

A survey of world human geography, emphasizing population charac- 
teristics, topographic features, distribution of economic activities and geo- 
political problems within the major geographical regions. Consideration of 
adequacy of resources to support expanding world populations. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 113— Government of the United States. (5-0-5). 
Offered each quarter. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national govern- 
ment in the United States and some of the major problems of the state and 
local government. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 200— Introduction to Political Science. (5-0-5). 
Winter. 

This course deals with the area of political science as a discipline and 
serves as an introduction to the systematic study of modern government. 
Attention is given to the role of politics in society; the nature and origins of 
the state; the nature and development of political institutions; the basis of 
political action; and the theories, forms, and processes of government. 

164 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 300— Political Behavior. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisites: Political Science 113 and Mathematics 220 or equivalent. 

This course emphasizes the economic, psychological, and social aspects 
of political behavior. It examines the concepts of power, roles, groups, 
elites, decision-making, political communications, and systems analysis. 
Consideration is also given to the basic theories, variables, and hypotheses 
used in empirical research in political science. Designed primarily for those 
students intending to go to graduate school. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 304— Public Administration. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 13 or equivalent. 

This is a one-quarter course that is primarily concerned with 
organizational theory and bureaucratic behavior, whether public or private, 
but with an emphasis on the behavior of the bureaucracy of the national 
government. Attention will also be given the political process as it unfolds 
in the administration of laws enacted by the Congress. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 305— State and Local Government. (5-0-5). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 13 or equivalent. 

This course is concerned primarily with the political process and the 
behavior of political actors at the local and state levels of government in the 
United States. It is concerned with the techniques and research results of the 
relevant empirical literature that has evolved over the past 15 years in the 
field; i.e., local community studies of Floyd Hunter, Robert A. Dahl, and 
others. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 317— Constitutional Law. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

A study of the development of the United States government through 
judicial interpretation of the Constitution. The case study method of 
analysis is used, but some attention is given also to recent behavioral writing 
on judicial decision-making. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 320— International Relations: The Far East. (5- 
0-5). Spring. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 325— International Organization. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, structures and functions of in- 
ternational organizations, with emphasis upon the role of these institutions 
in the maintenance of peace. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 326— International Law. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 13 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public international law topics including: 
recognition, state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, the law 
of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of war. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 329— International Relations. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating con- 
temporary international relations. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 331— Political Theory I. (5-0-5). Fall. 
An historical study of the development of ideas relative to the state and 
government from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth Century. Attention 

16^ 



is directed primarily to the political thought of a selected group of eminent 
philosophers. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 332— Political Theory II. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 331 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Political Science 331, from the 17th to the 20th cen- 
tury. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 333— Contemporary Political Ideologies. (5-0- 
5). Spring. Prerequisite: Political Science 332 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Political Science 332, including a general survey and 
analysis of the important ideological currents of our time with selected in- 
depth readings from original sources. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 348— Comparative Government: Western 
Europe. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

An analytical and comparative study of the major Western European 
governments, with principal emphasis upon the analysis of the conditions 
which led to effective and stable parliamentary government and those which 
lead to the inefficiency, instability and breakdown of such systems. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 349— Comparative Government: Soviet Union. 
(5-0-5). Winter. Prerequisite: Political Science 113 or equivalent. 

An analytical and comparative study of the political system of the 
U.S.S.R. and the Soviet bloc of nations in Eastern Europe. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 395-396-397— Internship, (credit variable, 5- If 
hours). 

Open to students acceptable by the Georgia Intern Program. The student 
will pursue an individually designed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private agency for which he wil 
receive a stipend. Projects are normally designed to require the full eleven 
week quarter for completion, during which time the student will be under 
joint supervision by the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. Credit 
arrangements must be made through the department. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong anc 
the college from which the student comes. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 400— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Admission will b 
subject to approval of the instructor. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue research and reading in 
some field of political science under the supervision of the staff. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 403— Public Policy Development. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. Prerequisite: Political Science 304 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical aspects 
of decision-making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive model vs. in- 
cremental model), political aspects of policy-making process, mobilization 
of political support, and the cost/benefit aspects of the public policy- 
making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the general theory of public policy- 
making to specific settings of welfare policy, urban problems, and national 
defense/ foreign policy. 

166 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 411— The American Presidency. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 13 or equivalent. 

Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the Presidency, with the prin- 
cipal emphasis on the relations of the executive branch with the Congress 
and the Court system. Some attention will be given to the evolution of the 
Presidency to its present dominant position in the American political 
process. (Completion of a survey course in American History is desirable). 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 414— The American Congress. (5-0-5). Offered 
on Demand. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 13, or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the legislative process in the national government with 
particular emphasis on executive - legislative relations. Some comparisons 
will be made with the law-making processes of other nations. (Some 
background in American political and social history is desirable.) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 418— Administrative Law. (5-0-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Political Science 113. 

This course explores the framework of law governing administrative 
agencies including: administrative power and its control by the courts, the 
determination and enforcement of administrative programs, discretion of 
administrative officials and their powers of summary actions, hearings 
before administrative boards, and the respective spheres of administrative 
and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of 
traditional procedural safeguards in administrative law and the problem of 
civil rights with relation to administrative boards. Leading cases will be 
examined. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 490-491-492— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). 
Offered each quarter. Admission by approval of instructor and the Head of 
the Department. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and 
reading in some field of history under the supervision of a member of the 
staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor and 
written reports and essays. Normally open only to seniors with a B average 
in Political Science and in their overall work. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College of Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 



JOURNALISM 

(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature). 



DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

Professor Hugh Pendexter, III, Head; Professor Emeritus Seale; 
Professors Anchors, Easterling, Jones, Killorin, Lubs, Strozier; Assistant 
Professors Brooks, Brown, Harris, Jenkins, Lawson, Mydell, Noble, Ram- 
sey, Suchower, Welsh, and White. 

167 



Entering students should begin the required English composition se- 
quence no later than the second quarter of their attendance. By doing so, 
the student will have had the opportunity to complete the required se- 
quence prior to his taking the Regents Examination. 



Students enrolled in degree programs which require a foreign language 
must show proficiency in the appropriate language at the required level by 
successfully completing standardized examinations administered by mem- 
bers of the foreign language faculty in the Department of Languages and 
Literature. This requirement applies to students enrolled at Armstrong 
State College and taking their foreign language courses on this campus and 
to students who, while enrolled at Armstrong State College, take their 
foreign language courses on another campus. Students transferring to 
Armstrong State College, after having completed the required foreign 
language sequence at another college, are not required to complete the 
proficiency examinations at Armstrong. 

Entering freshmen who wish to exempt the foreign language requirement 
may do so by successfully completing the proficiency examination through 
the level required in a specific degree program. For further information on 
the exemption process, the student should contact the Head of the Depart- 
ment of Languages and Literature. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 
The Major in English 

A student majoring in English must complete at least 40 hours of upper- 
division courses (300-400 level) in the major field, of which at least 15 hours 
must be on the 400-level. A major program must include at least one of the 
starred courses in each of the following groups: 



I. Shakespeare (404*) 
II. English Literature before 1660 (300*, 301*, 302*, 320*, 402, 403) 

III. English Literature after 1660 (303*, 304*, 305*, 306*, 307*, 311, 312, 
316,322). 

IV. American Literature (308*, 309*, 310*, 313, 315, 322). 
V. a. English Language (324*, 325*, 410*,) or 

b. Comparative Literature (314*, 317*, 318*, 332*, 333*, or 
English 322*) or 

c. Speech (for Speech majors) (341*, 342, 345*, 346*; 400, 450). 

The major shall select one area of specialization from groups II-V and 
complete at least two additional courses in that area (starred or unstarred). 
English 400, 401, 490, and 491 may, depending on the subject, be counted 
in any area of specialization. 

168 



The major program must also include proficiency in foreign language 
equivalent to the level achieved on completion of 201 as demonstrated on an 
examination to be designated by the department, and 25 hours of approved 
courses on the 300 or 400 level from these related fields: literature in a 
foreign language, history, philosophy, art, music, speech. Those con- 
centrating in speech should include among their related-field courses Speech 
227 (5 hours) or Speech 450 (15 hours) and Speech 228 and two courses in 
dramatic literature either in English or in a foreign language. Students con- 
centrating in comparative literature should take as many of their related 
field courses as possible in foreign literature in the original language. 

Unless exempted by examination, each student must complete a course in 
United States history. 

The Major in French 

A student majoring in French must complete at least 40 quarter hours of 
French beyond French 300. This program includes successful completion of 
one quarter's study (15 quarter hours) in France with the University System 
of Georgia Study Abroad Program. The department reserves the right to 
test a returning student on any or all material covered during the student's 
quarter in France. "Material covered" includes information a student 
should have acquired in scheduled museum visits or other field trips, 
geography of France, and any other information which might be included 
under the heading of general culture. 

An additional thirty quarter hours are required in a related area. It is 
recommended that related courses be taken from the foll6wing: 

1. Literature in a language other than French. This would include 
English, American, foreign or comparative literature. In the case of 
foreign literature, it is strongly recommended that the courses be 
taken in the original language. 

2. History. It is naturally recommended that the bulk of courses be taken 
in French and European history. 

3. Foreign language other than French, preferably a non-Romance 
language, plus courses in linguistics, such as English 410. 

Unless exempted by examination, each student must include in his 
program of studies a course in United States history. 

The Major in English 
With a Concentration in Speech 

A student majoring in English with a concentration in Speech must com- 
plete at least 65 hours of course work as outlined below. The major 
program must also include proficiency in foreign language equivalent to 
courses 101 through 201. 



Quarter Hours \i 

I. Required English courses 20 hours 

English 404 - Shakespeare 

English 322 - Modern British, American, and Continental 

Drama: Ibsen to the present 
English 320 - British Drama: Beginnings to 1640 
Comparative Literature 318 - Ancient Drama 

II. At least one course from the following group 5 hours 

English 324 - Introduction to Linguistics 

English 325 - Advanced Grammar: Generative-Transformational 

Grammar 
English 410 - History of the English Language 

III. Required Speech courses 25 hours 

Speech 227 - Theatre Laboratory (5 quarters) 

Speech 228 - Fundamentals of Speech 

Speech 341 - Oral Interpretation or Speech 342 - Advanced Acting 

Speech 345 - History of the Theatre 

Speech 346 - Play Production 

IV. At least one course from the following group 5 hours 

English 490 - Independent Study or Speech 490 

Speech 400 - Special Topics 

English 400 or 401 (depending on the subject) 

V. Electives: at least two additional courses 

in related fields 10 hours 

or Speech 450-Drama Workshop (15 hours) 



Program for Secondary School Teachers of English 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Requirements 90 

1. English 121, 122,221,222 20 

2. One Foreign Language 20 

3. Art 200, 290, 291 or Music 200 5 

4. History 114*, 115* 10 

5. History 251*, or 252* 5 

6. Psychology 101 and Political Science 113* 10 

7. Freshman Mathematics 10 

8. One of the following two-course sequences: 10 

Biology 101, 102 
Chemistry 121, 122 
Chemistry 128, 129 
Physics 211, 212 
Physics 217, 218 






170 



B. Courses in Major Field 40 

Students must complete the requirements for a major in English, 
including English 325. 

C. Related Fields 25 

Five of the following courses: 

Fine Arts (300 level or above) 

Foreign Language (300 level or above) 

History (300 level or above) 

Speech 228, 341, 345, 346, 400, 450 

Philosophy 201, 301, 302, 303, 320, 400, 490 

Education 425 
(Five hours of the Related Fields requirement must be Speech 
228 or Speech 341). 

D. Physical Education 6 

Physical Education 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 200, 

201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 439, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 196 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section. 



Course Offerings 
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 



COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 314— Continental Novel. (5-0-5). 
Spring, 1976. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 317— Ancient Epic and Lyric. (5-0-5). 
Not offered, 1975-76. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 318— Ancient Drama. (5-0-5). Sum- 
mer, 1975. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 332— Medieval and Renaissance Con- 
tinental Literature. (5-0-5). Not offered, 1975-76. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 333— Modern Continental Literature. 
(5-0-5). Winter, 1976. 



ENGLISH 

Students will be assigned to freshman English classes according to results 
of diagnostic tests taken before the beginning of the term. 

ENGLISH 110— English as a Second Language (5-0-5). Offered on 
demand. 

This course is designed to prepare the student whose native language is 
not English to do the normal college composition work. Students who pass 
this course are eligible for English 122. Admission by permission of the in- 
structor. 

ENGLISH 121 — Composition and Non-Fiction. (5-0-5). Offered every 
quarter. 

Assignment to this course is based upon the results of the English Depart- 
ment's placement test or upon the successful completion of English 99. The 
instruction focuses upon rhetoric, organization of ideas, and techniques of 
reading. 

ENGLISH 122— Composition and Introduction to Prose Fiction. (5-0-5). 
Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 121, English 110, or English 
191. 

ENGLISH 191— Honors Composition. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Instruction in this course will not follow the traditional lecture method 
only; the student will read widely and write a research paper (or papers) in 
the fashion which the instructor thinks will best discipline him for in- 
dependent study. This course replaces English 121 for selected students. 

ENGLISH 192 — Honors Composition and Introduction to Literature. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 191 or a grade of "A" in English 121. Winter. 

In this course, the students will read more extensively than for English 
121 and will write critical papers. 

ENGLISH 221 — Composition and Introduction to Poetry and Drama. 
(5-0-5). Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: English 122 or English 192. 

This course is prerequisite to all 300 and 400-level courses in English and 
Comparative Literature. 

ENGLISH 222— Literature and the Human Condition. (5-0-5). Offered 
every quarter. Prerequisite: English 221. 

A course ordered around one or all of these questions: (1) man's nature, 
needs and goals; (2) his place in nature; (3) his relationship to human 
society. The works read may investigate in depth one point of view on these 
questions or may explore several contrasting viewpoints. The student will be 
asked to order and express, at least tentatively, his own views. No term or 
research paper required. 

ENGLISH 250— Intermediate Composition. (5-0-5). (Institutional 
Credit). Offered on Demand. 

A course designed to correct deficiencies in writing revealed by the Re- 
gents Examination. Prerequisite: Completion of the English core 
requirements of the student's program. Does not count in the core. 

ENGLISH 300— Early English Literature: Beginnings through 1485. (5- 
0-5). Not offered, 1975-76. 

172 



ENGLISH 301— Renaissance 1485-1603. (5-0-5). Not offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 302— 17th Century: 1603-1660. (5-0-5). Spring, 1976. 

ENGLISH 303— Restoration. (5-0-5). Not offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 304— 18th Century. (5-0-5). Summer, 1975. 

ENGLISH 305— 19th Century I: Romantic. (5-0-5). Not offered, 1975- 
76. 

ENGLISH 306— 19th Century II: Victorian. (5-0-5). Fall, 1975. 

ENGLISH 307— 20th Century British. (5-0-5). Not offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 308— American I: Beginnings through Cooper. (5-0-5). Not 
offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 309— American II.: Emerson through Twain. (5-0-5). Fall, 
1975. 

ENGLISH 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism to the present. (5-0-5). 
Not offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 311— British Novel I: Beginnings through Austen. (5-0-5). 
Winter, 1976. 

ENGLISH 312— British Novel II: Scott through Hardy. (5-0-5). Not of- 
fered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 316— British Novel III: Conrad through present. (5-0-5). Not 
offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 313 — American Novel I: Beginnings through James. (5-0-5). 
Not offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 315— American Novel II: Naturalists to present. (5-0-5). Win- 
ter, 1976. 

ENGLISH 320— British Drama: Beginnings to 1640. (5-0-5). Fall, 1975. 

ENGLISH 322 — Modern British, American, and Continental Drama: Ib- 
sen to the present. (5-0-5). Not offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 324— Introduction to Linguistics. (5-0-5). Fall, 1975. 

ENGLISH 325— Advanced Grammar: Generative-Transformational 
Grammar. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: English 324 or Speech 228. Winter, 1976. 

ENGLISH 329— Introduction to Literary Research and Writing. (2-0-2). 
Offered on Demand. 

A course intended to increase the student's skill in gathering research 
materials and using bibliographies, to improve the style and mechanics of 
his scholarly papers, and to familiarize him with literary terminology. 
Highly recommended for those majors who plan to teach or enter graduate 
school. 

ENGLISH 331 — Children's Literature (does not apply toward English 
major). (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 

ENGLISH 340 — Advanced Composition. (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 

The study of expository and report techniques. Prerequisite: English 221 
or consent of instructor (does not apply toward English major). 

ENGLISH 342— Creative Writing. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 222 or 
consent of instructor. Offered on Demand. 

ENGLISH 400— Seminar. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on Demand. 

ENGLISH 401— Seminar. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on Demand. 

ENGLISH 402— Milton. (5-0-5). Not offered, 1975-76. 

ENGLISH 403— Chaucer. (5-0-5). Winter, 1975-76. 

171 



ENGLISH 404— Shakespeare. (5-0-5). Fall, 1975. 

ENGLISH 410— History of the English Language. (5-0-5). Spring, 1976. 

ENGLISH 490— Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior Status and English 221. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

ENGLISH 491— Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior Status and English 221. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

SPEECH 

SPEECH 227 — Theatre Laboratory. (0-3-1). Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the Masquers' 
production of the quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned per quar- 
ter. The maximum total credit allowed in Theatre Laboratory is five quarter 
hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five hours credit in Speech 227 by 
working part-time in summer theatre workshop (Speech 450). 

SPEECH 228— Fundamentals of Speech. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: English 
121. Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of oral communication. Each student makes several 
major speeches. The physiology of the speech mechanism is covered, and 
articulation is studied within the framework of the International Phonetic 
Alphabet. 

SPEECH 341— Oral Interpretation. (5-0-5). Offered 1975-76. 
Prerequisite: English 121. 

A practical course in the oral interpretation of poetry and prose. The 
techniques of literary analysis are stressed along with the vocal techniques 
needed to communicate an author's mood and meaning. 

SPEECH 342— Advanced Acting (5-0-5). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: English 121 plus at least two credit hours in Speech 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles of acting from several 
points: historical, critical, practical, theoretical, and experimental. 
Emphasis on developing performance skills. 

SPEECH 345— History of the Theatre. (5-0-5). Offered 1974-1975. 
Prerequisite: English 121. 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to the present day. The 
course emphasizes the development of the physical theatre. 

SPEECH 346— Play Production. (5-0-5). Spring Prerequisite: English 
121. 

A course in the theory and practice of acting and directing, with special 
attention to image-making on stage. Individuals under supervision prepare 
and execute the production of scenes and short plays. 

SPEECH 400— Special Topics ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Prerequisite: English 121. 

The specific subject matter in this course will be determined and an- 
nounced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

174 



SPEECH 450— Drama Workshop. (0-45-15). Offered in summer only. 

This course is summer stock theatre for credit. Students will be directed 
and instructed by a member of the faculty who is a professional in the 
theatre. All aspects of production will be included. 

SPEECH 490: Independent Study ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior status plus English 121 plus at least one 300 level 
Speech course. Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean 
of the College at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 



PHILOSOPHY 

PHILOSOPHY 201— Introduction to Philosophy. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisite: English 121. 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the meaning and function of 
philosophy, the vocabulary and problems of philosophy, and the relation of 
philosophy to art, science, and religion. Includes a survey of the basic issues 
and major types of philosophy and shows their sources in experience, 
history, and representative thinkers. 

PHILOSOPHY 301— History of Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval. (5- 
0-5). Offered on Demand. Prerequisite: English 121. 

An historical introduction to philosophy, tracing the development of 
European philosophy from the early Greeks through the Middle Ages, with 
emphasis on selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 302— History of Philosophy: Modern (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. Prerequisite: English 121. 

European philosophy from the Renaissance through Kant, emphasizing 
selected works of major philosophers. 

PHILOSOPHY 303— 19th and 20th Century Philosophy. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Philosophy 201, 301, or 302; English 121. Offered on 
Demand. 

A study of the major philosophers in philosophical movements of the 
19th and 20th centuries. 

PHILOSOPHY 320— Introduction to Oriental Philosophy. (5-0-5). Of- 
fered on Demand. Prerequisite: English 121. 

PHILOSOPHY 400— Special Topics. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisite: English 121. 

The specific subject matter in this course will be determined and an- 
nounced by the professor at the time when the course is offered. 

PHILOSOPHY 490— Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisites: Senior Status and English 121 . 

The student, with the advice and consent of his supervising professor and 
of the department head, will select the topic for supervised independent 
study and will submit a prospectus for departmental approval before the 
quarter in which the course is to be taken. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

175 



JOURNALISM 

JOURNALISM 227— Journalism Laboratory. (0-3-1). Offered on 
Demand. 

Practical experience in journalism. Students will work under instruction 
on the college newspaper staff. Only one hour's credit may be earned per 
quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in Journalism Laboratory is five 
quarter hours. Admission by permission of the instructor. 

FRENCH 

FRENCH 101-102-103— Elementary French. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5). Of- 
fered each year. 

A course for beginners. The approach is primarily oral, and daily practice 
with tape recordings is required.* 

To receive credit for French 103, a student must successfully complete the 
Modern Language Association L level test in French. 

FRENCH 201— Intermediate French. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: three 
quarters of college French or three years of high school French. 

Further reading of texts, and oral and composition practice. 

To receive credit for French 201, a student must successfully complete the 
Educational Testing Service College Placement Test in French. 

FRENCH 300 — Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter. 

FRENCH 301 — French Literature of the Middle Ages and the Renais- 
sance. (5-0-5). Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: French 201 . 

FRENCH 302— French Classical Drama. (5-0-5). Offered alternate years. 
Prerequisite: French 201 . 

Selected plays of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. 

FRENCH 304— French Literature of the 19th Century. (5-0-5). Offered 
alternate years. Prerequisite: French 201 . 

A study of Romantic prose, poetry, and drama, with lectures and 
discussions in French. 

FRENCH 305— French Literature of the 19th Century: Realism and 
Naturalism. (5-0-5). Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: French 201. 

FRENCH 351-352-353— Study Abroad in France (15 hours credit). 
Prerequisite: French 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in France in con- 
junction with the Study Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. The program is offered in Dijon for a period of nine weeks. 
During this time the student will receive intensive instruction in language 
and culture and will be expected to engage in co-curricular activities spon- 
sored by the University of Dijon and USG. 

FRENCH 401— French Literature of the Twentieth Century. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: French 201. 

This course is a study of contemporary prose, poetry, and drama with lec- 
tures and discussions in French. This course, normally the last course in 
French that a student would take, includes a serious term paper of con- 
siderable magnitude to be written in French. 



176 



' 



FRENCH 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior Status and French 201. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

♦Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. These 
tapes are recorded at 1-Vi i.p.s. 



GERMAN 

GERMAN 101-102-103— Elementary German. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5). Of- 
fered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vocabulary; simple conversation; 
essentials of grammar.* 

To receive credit for German 103, a student must successfully complete 
the Modern Language Association L level test in German. 

GERMAN 201— Intermediate German. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Three 
quarters of college German or three years of high school German. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. 

To receive credit for German 201, a student must successfully complete 
the Educational Testing Service College Placement Test in German. 

GERMAN 211— Scientific German. (3-0-3). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisite: same as 201 . 

Readings in scientific and technical material with special attention to 
grammatical difficulties encountered in this literature. 

GERMAN 300 — Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 305— 19th Century German Literature (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 307— 20th Century German Literature. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. Prerequisite: German 201. 

GERMAN 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Germany. (15 hours credit.) 
Prerequisite: German 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Germany in con- 
junction with the Study Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. The program is offered in Germany for a period of nine weeks. 
During this time the student will receive intensive instruction in language 
and culture and will participate in University sponsored activities. 

GERMAN 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisite: Senior Status and German 201. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

♦Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. These 
tapes are recorded at 7- Vi i.p.s. 

177 



SPANISH 

SPANISH 101-102-103— Elementary Spanish. (5-0-5) (5-0-5) (5-0-5). Of- 
fered each year. 

These courses are for the purpose of providing the student with the 
elements of Spanish reading, composition, and conversation.* 

To receive credit for Spanish 103, a student must successfully complete 
the Modern Language Association L level test in Spanish. 

SPANISH 201— Intermediate Spanish. (5-0-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Three I 
quarters of college Spanish or three years of high school Spanish. 

Further reading of texts, oral and composition practice. 

To receive credit for Spanish 201, a student must successfully complete 
the Educational Testing Service College Placement Test in Spanish. 

SPANISH 300— Composition and Conversation. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Spanish 201. 

SPANISH 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Spain (15 hours credit). 
Prerequisite: Spanish 103. 

This course is a summer quarter's residence and study in Spain in con- 
junction with the Study Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. The program is offered in Salamance for a period of nine weeks. 
During this time the students will receive intensive instruction in language 
and culture which will be complemented by a number of excursions. 

SPANISH 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Offered on Demand. 
Prerequisites: Senior Status and Spanish 201. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

♦Students who own tape machines may check copies of taped lessons out of the library. These 
tapes are recorded at 1-Vt i.p.s. 



LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Assistant Professor George Sloan, Director; 

Assistant Professors Ball, Hughes, Miller, Prantalos, Sandy. 

(See listing under Department of Education.) 






DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



Professor Richard M. Summerville, Head; Professor Emeritus Winn; 
Professor Hudson; Associate Professors Hinkel, Munson, and Shipley; 
Assistant Professors Semmes, Findeis, Kilhefner, Netherton, and Etersque; 
Temporary Assistant Professor Chi. 

178 



The department offers two basic programs of study — one leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics, and the other 
leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education degree with a major in 
mathematics. The latter degree program is specifically designed to prepare 
teachers of secondary mathematics and is an approved program for the 
Georgia Teacher's Professional Four-Year Certificate (T-4). Students 
wishing to earn both the Bachelor of Science degree and complete the 
requirements for the T-4 certificate may do so by satisfying all requirements 
for both the B.S. and the B.S.Ed, degrees. A third degree 
program — Bachelor of Science with a major in Computer Science — has 
been submitted for approval to the Board of Regents of the University 
System of Georgia. For full information on this degree program, please 
contact the Head of the Department. 

In addition to these degree programs, the Department of Mathematics 
and Computer Science cooperates with the Department of Business Ad- 
ministration to offer the B.B.A. degree with a major in Information 
Systems. Details concerning this degree program are given under the 
catalogue entry for the Department of Business Administration. The De- 
partment of Mathematics and Computer Science also participates in the 
Dual Degree Program of Armstrong State College and the Georgia Institute 
of Technology under which students may, in five years of study, earn 
simultaneously the B.S. degree in mathematics from Armstrong and the 
bachelor's degree in any one of a number of fields of engineering from 
Georgia Tech. 

Students who wish to pursue any of the above degree programs should 
consult with the department head before their first quarter in residence for 
advisement and planning of their academic programs. 

DEGREE REQ UIREMENTS 

Bachelor of Science with a Major in Mathematics 

Quarter Hours 
A. General Education 76 

1. English 121, 122,221 15 

2. One of the following courses: Art 200, 290, 291, 

English 222, Music 200, Philosophy 201 5 

3 . One of the three sequences: Biology 101, 1 02; 

Chemistry 128, 129; Physics 217-218 10 

4. History 114*, 115*, and either 251* or 252* 15 

5 . Political Science 113*, and one of the four 
courses: Psychology 101, Anthropology 201, 

Sociology 102, Economics 201 10 

6. One foreign language sequence** 15 

7. Physical Education 103, 117 

and three activity courses 6 

179 



B. Mathematics Major 50-60 

1. Mathematics 101**, 103**, 104, 201 

202, 203 20-30 

2. Mathematics 3 11, 312, 316, 401 12 

3. Two of the four courses: 

Mathematics 341, 342, 402, 403 6 

4. Approved 300-400 level mathematics electives 12 

C. Related Field Requirement 15 

In addition to his other requirements, the student must 
complete fifteen quarter hours of approved courses in one 
field of study related to his major. Each course taken to 
satisfy this requirement must be approved by the student's 
advisor prior to the student's enrollment. 

D. Approved Electives 40-50 

TOTAL 191 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" and "Degree Requirements" sections. 

**Required unless exempted by examination. 



Bachelor of Science in Education with a Major in Mathematics 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Education 81 

1. English 121, 122,221 15 

2. Two of the four courses: Art 200, 
English 222, Music 200, Philosophy 201 10 

3. Two of the three sequences: Biology 101, 
102; Chemistry 128, 129; Physics 217, 218 20 

4. History 114*, 115*, and either 251* or 252* 15 

5. Psychology 101 and Political Science 113* 10 

6. Speech 228 5 

7. Physical Education 103, 1 17 and 
three activity courses 6 

B. Mathematics Major 50-60 

1. Mathematics 101**, 103**, 104, 
201, 202, 203 20-30 

2. Mathematics 311, 316, 321,336,401 15 

3. Two of the four courses: Mathematics 312, 
322, 337, 401 6 

4. Approved 300-400 level mathematics electives 9 

180 






C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. Psychology 301 5 

2. Education 203, 330, 441,446,447,448 30 

D. Approved Electives 15-25 

TOTAL 191 



♦These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" and "Degree Requirements" sections. 



Required unless exempted by examination. 






Course Offerings 
MATHEMATICS 



MATHEMATICS 101— College Algebra. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, 
Summer. Prerequisite: Students must take the Mathematics Diagnostic Test 
prior to enrolling. Dates on which the test is administered are given in the 
academic calendar in the front of the catalogue. Present text: Hart, Basic 
College Algebra. 

Real number arithmetic; polynomial and rational expressions; linear and 
quadratic equations; functions and graphs; inequalities; absolute value; 
sequences and progressions; the binomial theorem; techniques of counting 
and elementary probability. 

MATHEMATICS 103— Pre-Calculus Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, Win- 
ter, Spring. Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or permission of the 
department head. Present text: Flanders and Price, Introductory College 
Mathematics with Linear Algebra and Finite Mathematics. 

Functions; polynomial, trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic 
functions; mathematical induction; complex numbers; matrices, deter- 
minants, and systems of equations. 

MATHEMATICS 104— Calculus I. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, Sum- 
mer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103 or permission of the department head. 
Present text: Seeley, Calculus of One & Several Variables. 

The derivative and its applications; introduction to integration. 

MATHEMATICS 195— Elementary Applied Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or its equivalent. 
Present text: Hart, Mathematics for Managerial and Social Sciences. 

A survey of elementary analytic, linear, and finite mathematics as they 
relate to commerce, business, and life situations. 

MATHEMATICS 201— Calculus II. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring, Sum- 
mer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 104. Present text: Seeley, Calculus of One 
& Several Variables. 

Techniques of integration; linear differential equations; vectors in the 
plane; polar coordinates; approximation theory; applications. 

181 



MATHEMATICS 202— Calculus III. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. Present text: Seeley, Calculus of One & 
Several Variables. 

Infinite sequences; infinite series; three-dimensional vectors; solid 
analytic geometry; applications. 

MATHEMATICS 203— Calculus IV. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. Present text: Seeley, Calculus of One & 
Several Variables. 

Differential calculus of several variables; multiple, line, and surface in- 
tegrals; Green's and Stokes' Theorems; applications. 

MATHEMATICS 220— Elementary Statistics. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or its equivalent. Present 
text: Freund, Statistics: A First Course. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability distributions; 
inferences concerning means, standard deviations, and proportions; 
analysis of variance; correlation; regression. 

MATHEMATICS 290— Topics in Mathematics. (5-0-5). Fall, Winter, 
Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or its equivalent. Present 
text: Wimbish, Mathematics: A Humanistic Approach. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray the history, 
philosophy, and aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation 
of the role of mathematics in western thought and contemporary culture. 

MATHEMATICS 311-312-313— Abstract Algebra I, II, III. (3-0-3 each). 
311-Fall, 312-Winter, 313-Not offered during the 1975-76 academic year. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. Present text: Hillman & Alexanderson, A 
First Undergraduate Course in Abstract Algebra. 

Classical topics in the elementary theory of groups, rings, and fields. 

MATHEMATICS 316-317— Linear Algebra I, II. (3-0-3 each). 316- 
Spring, 317-Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. Present text: Anton, 
Elementary L inear A Igebra. 

Linear Systems; vector spaces and linear transformations; matrices; 
determinants; normed linear spaces and inner product spaces. 

MATHEMATICS 321-322— Probability and Statistics I, II. (3-0-3 each). 
Not offered during the 1975-76 academic year. Prerequisite: Mathematics 
202. Present text: Freund, Mathematical Statistics. 

Probability spaces; random variables; algebra of expectation; random 
sampling; the law of large numbers; correlation and regression. 

MATHEMATICS 336-337— Modern Geometry I, II. (3-0-3 each). 336- 
Winter, 337-Spring. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. Present text: Eves, A 
Survey of Geometry. 

A survey of selected topics from Euclidean, spherical, projective, and 
finite geometry. 

MATHEMATICS 341-342-343— Analysis and Applications I, II, III. (3- 
0-3 each). 341-Winter, 342-Spring, 343-Fall. Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. 
Present text: Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 

Applied advanced calculus; vector analysis; ordinary differential 
equations; boundary value problems and methods of mathematical physics. 

MATHEMATICS 353-354— Numerical Analysis I, II. (3-0-3 each). Sum- 
mer, 1976. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202 and Computer Science 110 (or its 

182 



equivalent). Present text: Conte and de Boor, Elementary Numerical 
Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations; 
numerical integration and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues 
and eigenvectors; boundary value problems. 

MATHEMATICS 360— Mathematical Logic. (3-0-3). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 201. Present text: Stoll, Set Theory and Logic. 

The elementary statement and predicate calculus; formal systems; ap- 
plications of logic in mathematics. 

MATHEMATICS 391— Basic Ideas of Arithmetic. (5-0-5). Winter, Sum- 
mer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or its equivalent. Present text: 
Copeland, Mathematics and the Elementary Teacher. 

Fundamental concepts of arithmetic as they relate to the elementary 
school; current elementary school methods and materials used in arithmetic 
instruction. 

MATHEMATICS 392— Basic Ideas of Geometry. (5-0-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or its equivalent. Present text: Haag, 
Hardgrove, Hill, Elementary Geometry. 

Fundamental concepts of geometry as they relate to the elementary 
school; current elementary school methods and materials used in geometry 
instruction. 

MATHEMATICS 400— Special Topics. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Offered by 
special arrangement. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and permission 
of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the direction of a member of the 
mathematics faculty. 

MATHEMATICS 401-402-403— Fundamentals of Modern Analysis I, 
II, III. (3-0-3 each). 401-Spring, 402-Fall, 403-Winter, Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 203 and 6 quarter hours of 300-400 level mathematics courses. 
Present text: Sagan, Advanced Calculus. 

The real number system; sequences and series; metric spaces; continuous 
functions on metric spaces; connectedness, completeness, compactness; the 
Riemann integral; the elementary functions; uniform convergence; the 
Weierstrauss approximation theorem; the Lebesgue integral; Fourier series. 

MATHEMATICS 406-407— Functions of a Complex Variable I, II. (3-0- 
3 each). Not offered during the 1975-76 academic year. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 203 and 6 quarter hours of 300-400 level mathematics courses. 
Present text: Churchill, Complex Variables with Applications. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and transformations; the 
Cauchy theory; conformal mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MATHEMATICS 416-417— Theory of Numbers I, II. (3-0-3 each). 416- 
Fall, 417-Winter. Prerequisite: Mathematics 203 and 6 quarter hours of 
300-400 level mathematics courses. Present text: Stewart, Theory of Num- 
bers. 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reciprocity; Diophantine 
equations; number-theoretic functions and their applications; selected ad- 
vanced topics from algebraic and analytic number theory. 



MATHEMATICS 436-437— Topology I, II. (3-0-3 each). Summer, 1975. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 311 and Mathematics 401. Present text: Fair- 
child, Topology. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; separability; compactness; 
connectedness; completeness; metrizability; introduction to homotopy 
theory. 

MATHEMATICS 470— History of Mathematics. (3-0-3). Not offered 
during the 1975-76 academic year. Prerequisite: Twelve quarter hours of 
300-400 level courses in mathematics. Present text: Struik, A Concise 
History of Mathematics. 

A survey of the development of mathematics from its empirical begin- 
nings to its present state. 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 110— Introduction to Computing. (4-3-5). Fall, 
Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101. Present text: 
Nolan, Introduction to Computing Through the BASIC Language. 

BASIC programming and program structure; elementary logic and 
Boolean algebra; algorithms, flow charts, debugging, computer solutions of 
numeric and non-numeric problems; characteristics and applications of 
computers in modern society. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 231— Business Languages I. (4-3-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present texts: Essick, RPG for System 
360/370; and Stern & Stern, COBOL Programming. 

Introduction to language and programming applications for small com- 
puter systems with RPG; programming and applications of COBOL in the 
commercial environment; concepts of file processing. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 232— Business Languages II. (4-3-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. Present texts: Shelly & Cashman, Ad- 
vanced Ansi COBOL Disk/Tape; and Shelly & Cashman, Ansi COBOL 
Workbook. 

Advanced COBOL programming for business applications; table han- 
dling, sorting, and report generating facilities of COBOL; processing or 
tape and disk files. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 241— Scientific Languages I. (4-3-5). Spring. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 110. Present texts: Sprowls, PL/C: A 
Processor for PL/ 1; and McCracken, A Guide to FORTRAN IV Program- 
ming. 

Programming of scientifically oriented problems in a higher-level 
language; language facilities for arrays, input/output, subroutines, non- 
numeric processing, and machine-dependent features. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 242— Scientific Languages II. (4-3-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 241. Text: To be selected. 

Comparative study of scientific programming languages including 
facilities for recursion, procedures, storage allocation techniques, string 
processing, and passing of parameters. 

184 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 301— Computer Organization and Program- 
ming. (4-3-5). Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: Computer Science 232 or 
Computer Science 241. Present text: Struble, Assembler Language 
Programming: The IBM System/ 360. 

Introduction to systems programming via in-depth coverage of assembler 
language programming; operating systems; addressing techniques; internal 
storage structure; machine-level representation of instructions and data; 
subroutines; I/O; linkers and loaders; macro facilities; mass data storage 
facilities. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 302— Data Structures. (4-3-5). Fall. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 301 . Text: To be selected. 

Internal representation of arrays, queues, trees, stacks, and lists; hard- 
ware characteristics of large computer systems; concepts related to the in- 
teraction between data structures and storage structures for the generating, 
developing, and processing of data. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 306— Data and Programming Management. (4- 
3-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Computer Science 301. Present text: Shelly & 
Cashman, OS Job Control Language. 

Programming methodology for processing large quantities of data; job 
control language, utility programs, and data storage and retrieval utilizing 
mass storage devices. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 320— Statistical Methods for Computer 
Programming. (3-4-5). Fall. Prerequisite: Mathematics 220 and Computer 
Science 110. Present text: Afifi and Azen, Statistical Analysis: A Computer 
Oriented Approach. 

Concepts and skills related to utilizing computers in statistical analysis, 
including the programming of statistical analyses and elementary 
simulations, the use of random number generators and the statistical 
evaluation of their output, and data analysis using packaged systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 341— Programming Languages. (4-3-5). Win- 
ter — even years. Prerequisite: Computer Science 242 and Computer Science 
302. Text: To be selected. 

Formal definition of programming languages; specification of syntax and 
semantics; precedence rules for operators; translation between infix, prefix, 
and postfix notations; subroutines and coroutines; block structures; list 
structures; string structures. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 353-354— Numerical Analysis I, II. (3-0-3 
each). Summer — even years. Prerequisite: Mathematics 203 and Computer 
Science 110. Present text: Conte and de Boor, Elementary Numerical 
A nalysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations; 
numerical integration and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues 
and eigenvectors; boundary value problems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 401— Systems Programming I. (4-3-5). Win- 
ter—odd years. Prerequisite: Computer Science 302. Text: To be selected. 

Software requirements for support of computer systems, especially in a 
multiprogrammed environment; addressing techniques; file system 



organization and management; I/O; control systems; spooling; interrupts; 
reentrant code; user services; executive systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 402— Systems Programming II. (4-3-5). 
Spring — odd years. Prerequisite: Computer Science 401. Text: To be 
selected. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; memory management; name 
management; file systems; segmentation; paging; protection; resource 
allocation. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 406— Design of Programming Systems. (3-0-3). 
Summer — odd years. Prerequisite: Computer Science 402. Text: To be 
selected. 

Design of monitor systems; executive systems and operating systems as 
they relate to current generation computers with facilities for multi- 
programming; teleprocessing, real time, and interactive processing. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 431— Control and Organization of In- 
formation. (3-0-3). Fall. Prerequisite: Computer Science 232 and Computer 
Science 306. Text: To be selected. 

Information analysis and logical design of information systems and data 
bases; consideration of hardware, access methods, management and con- 
trol functions, communicating with the data base, and integrated systems. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 432— Systems Analysis and Design. (3-0-3). 
Winter. Prerequisite: Computer Science 431. Text: To be selected. 

Principles and techniques of systems analysis, including personnel and 
machine requirements, file considerations, problem formulation, analysis 
aids, iterative requirements of the design phase and implementation criteria 
and evaluation; readings and case studies related to analysis and design, and 
a student project incorporating the techniques studied in an appropriate 
real-world environment. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 442— Design of Compilers. (4-3-5). 
Spring — even years. Prerequisite: Computer Science 341. Text: To be 
selected. 

Requirements for higher level digital computer language compilers, in- 
cluding symbol tables, storage allocation, object code translating and in- 
terpreting, syntax and semantic scans, and object code optimization. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 490— Special Topics in Computer Science. ((0- 
5)-(0-15)-(l-5)). Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Consent of 
the instructor and permission of the department head. 

Individual or group readings and research under the direction of a mem- 
ber of the faculty. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 496-497-498— Internship in Computer Science. 
(1-13-5 each). Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of computing environments suited to the 
educational and professional aspirations of the student, under the direction 
of a member of the faculty and appropriate off-campus supervisory per- 
sonnel. Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the 
College at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

1R6 



MENTAL HEALTH WORK 

(See listing under Department of Psychology and Sociology.) 

MUSIC 

(See listing under Department of Fine Arts.) 



DEPARTMENT OF NURSING 

Associate Professor Sister M. Bonaventure, R.S.M., Head; Assistant 
Professors Bell, R.N.; Overstreet, R.N.; Cunningham, R.N.; Silcox, R.N.; 
Preston, R.N.; Sutton, R.N.; Instructors Buck, R.N.; Keller, R.N.; G. 
Miller, R.N.; M. Miller, R.N.; Vocational Counselor Shearouse. 



Admission Requirements 

For admission requirements for the Associate in Arts Degree Program in 
nursing or the Bachelor of Science in Nursing, refer to the section on "Ad- 
missions" in this bulletin. 



Associate in Arts in Nursing 

The Associate in Arts Degree Program in Nursing provides the student 
with the opportunity to obtain a general education and to study nursing at 
the college level. Graduates are eligible to take the state examination for 
licensure to practice as registered nurses. 

The nursing educational program is developed by proceeding from simple 
to complex situations in nursing which evolve from the fundamental needs 
of individuals throughout the human life cycle. 

Student nurses participate in nursing laboratory experiences at Memorial 
Medical Center, Candler General Hospital Complex, St. Joseph's Hospital, 
Georgia Regional Hospital at Savannah, and other community agencies. 
Students are assigned to the clinical area and are responsible for providing 
their own transportation. 

Students who enroll in this program have opportunities for personal, in- 
tellectual, and socio-ethical development, as well as having the personal 
satisfaction of becoming a member of a professional group which has 
unlimited opportunities after graduation. 

A passing grade in all natural science courses must be maintained each 
quarter for the student to be allowed to continue in Nursing courses during 
the freshman year. Such natural science courses must be satisfactorily com- 

r 0-7 



pleted before the student will be admitted to sophomore status in the 
program. The student must earn a "C" or better in each Nursing course 
before he or she will be allowed to register for the subsequent Nursing 
course; therefore, the grade of "C" or better in the previous course 
is a prerequisite for all Nursing courses. The student may repeat a Nursing 
course only once in order to earn the "C" grade that is prerequisite for 
the subsequent course. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required to enter Nursing 
203. A grade of "C" or better must also be earned in Nursing 203. An over- 
all GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation from the program. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Associate in Arts in Nursing 
General Education Nursing 



Qtr. Hrs. 

English 121, 122 10 

Chemistry 201 5 

Zoology 208, 209 10 

Biology 210 5 

Psychology 101 5 

History 251* or 252* 5 

Political Science 113 5 

Physical Education . . 3 

48 



Qtr. Hrs. 

Nursing 101 8 

Nursing 102 8 

Nursing 103 8 

Nursing 201 9 

Nursing 202 9 

Nursing 203 . 10 

52 



Total for two academic years . . . .100 



*These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" section and "Degree Programs" section. 



Course Offerings - Freshman 



NURSING 101 and 101-L— Fundamentals of Nursing: Selected 
Laboratory Experiences. (6-6-8). Fall Quarter. 

In this introductory course, students are given the opportunity to develop 
basic nursing skills and to learn and apply the principles to problem solving 
in the identification of the nursing care of individual patients. Emphasis is 
also placed upon maintenance of homeostasis, nutritional needs, phar- 
macology and communication skills. Clinical experience in community 
hospitals is given under supervision. (Exemption exams for qualified ap- 
plicants will be considered.) 

NURSING 102 and 102-L— Maternal-Child Health; Selected Laboratory 
Experiences. (6-6-8). Winter and Spring Quarter. Prerequisite: Nursing 101, 
Zoology 208, and Chemistry 201 . 

188 



A study of maternal and child health designed to strengthen un- 
derstanding of parent-family-nurse relationships during the child bearing 
process. Focus is on a family centered approach to nursing care of the nor- 
mal and premature newborn and the well child. Includes concepts of growth 
and development as well as family planning. Core threads are drug therapy, 
nutritional counseling, psychological and emotional factors affecting 
maternal and child health, and family teaching. 

Laboratory learning is provided within the maternity and new-born nur- 
sery, selected out-patient clinics, and community agencies. 

NURSING 103 and 103-L — Psychiatric Nursing; Selected Laboratory 
Experiences. (6-6-8). Winter and Spring Quarter. Prerequisites: Nursing 
101 , Zoology 208, and Chemistry 201 . 

The nursing problems involved in caring for patients in which the focus is 
on psychological needs of the individual who is viewed within a continuum 
of mental wellness-mental illness. The patient with unmet needs is con- 
sidered not only as an individual but as a member of a family and a com- 
munity. 

Laboratory learning is provided in psychiatric clinical areas and com- 
munitv aeencies. 



Course Offerings - Sophomore 

NURSING 201 and 201-L— Nursing in Physical Illness I. (6-9-9). Fall 
Quarter. Prerequisite: Nursing 102, 103. 

A course consisting of the study of selected nursing problems relating to 
normal and altered physiological body processes. Includes study in prin- 
ciples of care of children and adults with nursing problems in medical- 
surgical conditions. Diet and drug therapy, associated communicable 
diseases, patient and family teaching and psychological and emotional fac- 
tors affecting health are core threads. Laboratory instruction is provided 
within the medical-surgical, pediatric operating room, and recovery room. 
Clinical areas. 

NURSING 202 and 202-L— Nursing in Physical Illness II. (6-9-9). Winter 
Quarter. Prerequisite: Nursing 201. 

A continuation of Nursing 201. The more common medical-surgical 
illness is considered with emphasis on major health problems. Nursing 201 
core threads are continued and patient care before, during, and after 
surgical intervention is included. Nursing laboratory learning is included. 
Nursing laboratory learning is provided within the medical-surgical, 
pediatric, operating room, and recovery room clinical areas. 

NURSING 203 and 203-L— Advanced Nursing Problems. (5-15-10). 
Spring Quarter. Prerequisite: Nursing 202 and an overall 2.0 GPA. 

A course designed to develop greater depth of knowledge and un- 
derstanding of the nursing aspects related to the care of patients with com- 
plex medical-surgical problems. Emphasis is on therapeutic nurse-patient 
relationships in the care of children and adults with a multiplicity of nursing 
needs. Core threads and a patient centered, problem-solving approach are 

189 



continued. Laboratory learning is provided within the intensive care unit, 
coronary care unit, selected medical-surgical and pediatric units, and 
emergency room. 

NURSING 204— Nursing Trends. (2-0-2). 

A survey course designed to assist students in understanding the roles of 
registered nurses in contemporary society. Consists of discussion which ex- 
plores current trends in nursing practice and education and the legal aspects \ 
of nursing and nursing organizations. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing 



General Education 



Nursing 



Qtr. Hrs. 

English 122 5 

English 221 5 

Mathematics 101 5 

Mathematics 195 or 

220 or 290 5 

History 114* 5 

History 115* 5 

Sociology 315 or 

350 or 365 5 

Psychology 301 or 

305 or 311 5 

Philosophy 201 5 

Elective 5 

Physical Education . . 3 

53 



Qtr. Hrs. 

Nursing 411 5 

Nursing 412 5 

Nursing 413 5 

Nursing 414 8 

Nursing 415 8 

Nursing 416 2 

Nursing 417 3 

Nursing 418 3 

Nursing 419 . . 3 

42 



Total two academic years 95 



"These courses may be exempted by examination with credit awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 



Course Offerings 






NURSING 411— Principles of Nursing Management. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. 

Designed to investigate selected principles of management science and 
leadership as applied to nursing in health agencies. 

190 



NURSING 412 — Application of Principles of Nursing Management. (5 
credit hours). Offered concurrently with Nursing 41 1 . 

Selected observations and experiences in the application of principles of 
nursing management in health agencies. 

NURSING 413— Introduction to Community Nursing. (5 credit hours). 
Offered on Demand. 

Introduction to the concepts basic to public health, including the history 
of the public health movement, epidemiology, environmental control, vital 
statistics, community planning and organization and development of public 
health programs. Emphasis will be placed on selecting nursing action and 
planning for continuity and extension of patient care through cooperative 
hospital and public health coordination. 

NURSING 414 — Community Health Resources - Field Experiences (8 
credit hours). Offered on Demand. Prerequisite: Nursing 413. 

Observations and carefully guided practice in giving total family health 
service to a selected group of patients in varied community settings and in 
using community resources effectively in planning for post hospital con- 
tinuity of patient care. (A car will be necessary.) 

NURSING 415— Advanced Clinical Specialty. (5-10-5). Offered on 
Demand. 

Research and experimental based study in an area of nursing specialty 
adapted to the particular needs of the individual student. 

NURSING 416 — Rudiments of Independent Study. (2 credit hours.) 
A review of nursing research methods with emphasis on design, data 
collection, measurement survey and analysis. 

NURSING 417 — Special Problems in Nursing. (3 credit hours.) 
Prerequisite: Nursing 416. Offered concurrently with Nursing 416. 

A course in which research problems in nursing are undertaken. Prior 
consent of nursing faculty and agreement on a topic are required. 

NURSING 418 — Independent Study. (3 credit hours.) Prerequisite: Nur- 
sing 417. 

An in-depth continuation of a selected problem in nursing with in- 
dependent field and laboratory investigation under faculty guidance. Final 
written report required. Open to transient students only with permission of 
the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the college from which the 
student comes. 

NURSING 419— Administration of Nursing Personnel. (5-0-5). Offered 
on demand. 

Investigates theories and practices relating to the administration of nur- 
sing personnel in health agencies. Responsibilities of individuals in the per- 
formance of various personnel functions are considered. 



OCEANOGRAPHY 

(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

191 



PHILOSOPHY 

(See listing under Department Languages and Literature.) 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor Roy J. Sims, Head; Associate Professor Tapp; Assistant 
Professors Alexander, Bedwell, Kinder and Knorr; Instructor Sapp. 

During the freshman year, all students should take Physical Education 
117 (Basic Health) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During the sophomore year, 
students may elect any three Physical Education activity courses with the 
last two numbers being between 01 to 09. Students unable to participate in 
the regular program should plan an alternate program with the Head of the 
Department of Physical Education. For other department regulations, see 
"Physical Education Program"under "Academic Regulations." 

Physical Education majors are urged to complete their Core Curriculum 
requirements before entering their junior years. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree With a Major in Health, 
Physical and Recreation Education. 

Quarter Hours 

A. Core Curriculum requirements 85 

B. One of the three courses (Required of men): 2 

P.E. 212— Coaching Football 2 

P.E. 213— Coaching Basketball 2 

P.E. 214 — Coaching Baseball and Track 2 

The following course (Required of women): 
P.E. 217 — Theory and Techniques of Coaching 

and Officiating Team Sports for Women 2 

C. Each of the following: 43 

P.E. 21 1— Safety and First Aid 2 

P.E. 215 — Organization and Administration of Athletics 3 

P.E. 216 — History and Principles of Health, 

Physical and Recreation Education 5 

*P.E. 305 — Corrective Physical Education 3 

P.E. 313 — Kinesiology 3 

P.E. 314— Skill Techniques 3 

P.E. 315— Skill Techniques 2 

*P.E. 316— Intramural and Recreational Activities or 
*P.E. 317 — Community Play, Recreation, and 
Camp Counseling 5 

192 



P.E. 410 — Philosophy of Physical Education 2 

P.E. 412— Measurement and Evaluation in 

Health, Physical and Recreation Education 5 

P.E. 413 — Special Topics in Physical Education 5 

P.E. 414 — Organization and Administration of 

Physical Education 5 

D. Twelve quarter hours of activity courses with 
the last two numbers being between 01 to 
09. Four of the following must be included 

in the twelve; Physical Education 103 or equi- 
valent, 106, 205, and 207 or WSI (offered by the 
American Red Cross) i 12 

E. Approved Elect ives 17 

Must include History 25 1 or 252 unless 
exempted by examination with credit awarded. 

F. Education 35 

Education 203, 330, 443, 446, 447, 448 30 

Psychology 301 5 

TOTAL 194 

*These courses are offered only at Savannah State College. 



Course Offerings 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 101— Conditioning Course. (0-2-1). Fall. 

Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling, lifts and carries, road work, 
dual combatives, and simple games. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 102— Team Sports. (0-2-1). Winter. 

Consists of two of the following sports: basketball, volleyball, softball. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 103*— Elementary Swimming. (2-0-1). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI course may be 
substituted for P.E. 103 or 108.) 

Beginning swimming strokes, skills, and knowledge pertaining to safety 
in, on, or about water. This course or its equivalent required of all students. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 104— Bowling. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic skills in bowling. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105— Badminton. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

Basic skills in badminton. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 106— Tumbling and Gymnastics. (0-2-1). 
Fall. 

Fundamentals and practice in elementary tumbling, side horse, parallel 
bars, and trampoline. Required of Physical Education majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 107— Trampoline. (0-2-1). Winter. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of the trampoline. Under strict 
supervision, the student learns to perform the following skills: seat drop, 
knee drop, front drop, back drop, pull over, cradle, turntable, swivel hips, 
spotting, and somersaults. 

193 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 108*— Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. (P.E. 202 or the American Red Cross WSI course may be 
substituted for P.E. 103 or 108.) 

Five basic strokes, skills, endurance and knowledge pertaining to safety 
in, on, or about water. Required, if advised by Physical Education Depart- 
ment. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 115— Officiating of Football. (2-2-2). Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual experience in 
officiating in class games, intramural games, approved community 
recreation games, and public school games. Elective credit. Students must 
have permission of the department head or course instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 116— Officiating of Basketball. (2-2-2). Win- 
ter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, and actual experience in 
officiating in class games, intramural games, approved community 
recreation games, and public school games. Elective credit. Students must 
have permission of the department head or course instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 117— Basic Health. (2-0-2). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. 

A basic course in health education with emphasis on personal health. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 200— Handball and Paddleball. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Basic instruction in handball and paddleball activities. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 201— Elementary Tennis. (0-2-1). Fall, Win- 
ter, Spring. 

Instruction in class organization and methods of teaching skill in tennis. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 202— Advanced Life Saving Course in Swim- 
ming. (0-2-1). Spring. 

The American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Course. (May be substituted 
for Physical Education 103 or 108.) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 205— Folk, Square, Social Dancing. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, square, and social dancing 
with emphasis on teaching techniques. Required of Physical Education 
majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 302. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 206— Beginning Modern Dance. (0-2-1). 
Winter. 

Basic Interpretative Dancing. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 207— Swimming Methods and Techniques. 
(0-2-1). Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 108 or equivalent. 

Methods and techniques of teaching beginning swimming skills. Required 
of majors not completing the Water Safety Instructor's Course (offered by 
the American Red Cross). 

♦Either P.E. 103 or P.E. 108 is required of all students. Students may register for the course 
for which they feel qualified without taking a swimming test. The instructor of that course will 
administer the swimming test, and any student enrolled in the improper course will be required 
to change to the proper course. Any student who holds a valid senior life-saving certificate 
and/or a valid water safety instructor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong swimming test 
may be exempted from the required swimming courses. 

194 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 208— Golf. (0-2-1). Fall, Winter, Spring. 
Basic techniques and instruction for the beginning golfer. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 209— Intermediate Modern Dance. (0-2-1). 
Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 206. 

A continuation of Physical Education 206 with emphasis on dynamics, 
composition, and choreography. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 211— Safety and First Aid. (3-0-2). Fall, 
Winter, Spring. 

The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced course in First Aid. 
Required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: H.Ed. 
300. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 212— Coaching Football. (3-0-2). Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, em- 
phasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of male majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 410 or 411. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 213— Coaching Basketball. (3-0-2). Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, em- 
phasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of male majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 410 or 411. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 214— Coaching Baseball and Track. (3-0-2). 
Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, em- 
phasizing methods and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of male majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P.E. 410 or 411. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 215— Organization and Administration of 
Athletics. (3-0-3). Spring. 

A comprehensive study of theories of organization and administration of 
athletics. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 216— History and Principles of Health, 
Physical and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Winter, Spring. 

Historical and scientific background of the practices in health and 
physical education. Required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah 
State College: P.E. 235. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 217— Theory and Techniques of Coaching 
and Officiating Team Sports for Women. (3-0-2). Winter. 

Instruction and practice in coaching and officiating women's team sports 
such as: soccer, field hockey, basketball and volleyball. Required of women 
majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 218— Personal and Community Hygiene. (5- 
0-5). Spring. 

Principles of health with emphasis upon home, community, mental, and 
personal health. Must be taken by the major in place of Physical Education 
117. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 235. 

195 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 228— Structure and Function of the Human 
Body I. (3-4-5). Fall. 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems of the human body. Credit 
may not be applied toward the core natural science requirement. Required 
of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 304. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 229— Structure and Function of the Human 
Body II. (3-4-5). Prerequisite: P.E. 228. Winter. 

A continuation of P.E. 228 with emphasis on certain human organ 
systems such as circulatory, respiratory, nervous and digestive. Credit may 
not be applied toward the core natural science requirement. Required of 
majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 301 . 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 313— Kinesiology. (3-0-3). Spring. 
Prerequisite: P.E. 228. 

The mechanics of muscles in action. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 314— Skill Techniques. (3-0-3). Fall. 

Practice in teaching methods and techniques in individual and dual sports 
such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, tennis, golf. Required of 
majors. Prerequisite: the student must have completed courses in at least 
three of the sports listed or must have permission of the instructor to enroll. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 315— Skill Techniques. (0-2-2). Fall, Winter, 
Spring. Prerequisite: P.E. 314. 

Laboratory experiences consisting of assisting and teaching individual 
and dual sports such as: gymnastics, trampoline, badminton, tennis, golf. 
Required of majors. Majors only. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 320— Health and Physical Education for the 
Elementary School Teacher. (3-2-5). Winter, Summer. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of health and physical 
education at the elementary school level. Designed to meet the requirement 
for elementary certification. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: 
P.E. 233. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 410— Philosophy of Physical Education. (2- 
0-2). Fall. Prerequisite: P.E. 216. 

Interpretation of physical education as a basic part of the living process. 
Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 412— Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical and Recreation Education. (5-0-5). Fall. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the development, evaluation 
and application of tests in health and physical education. Required of 
majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State College: P.E. 403. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 413— Special Topics in Physical Education. 
(5-0-5). Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: Education 443. 

Research methods in health and physical education. Allows students an 
opportunity for in-depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open to 
majors only. Required of majors. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 414— Organization and Administration of 
Physical Education. (5-0-5). Spring. Prerequisite: Education 443. 

Practice and policies in establishing, administering, and evaluating 
physical education programs. Such experiences as curriculum planning, 
budgeting, intramural programs, physical plant planning, and selection, 

196 



care, and maintenance of equipment are included in this course. Open to 
majors only. Required of majors. Equivalent course at Savannah State 
College: P. E. 415. 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

PHYSICS 

(See listing under Department of Chemistry and Physics.) 

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY 

Professor C. Stewart Worthington, Head; Associate Professors 
Douglass, Lane; Assistant Professors Palefsky, Ralston, Satterfield, and 
O'Higgins; Instructors Brown and Denham. 

Students are advised to complete as many of the general degree require- 
ments as possible before entering their junior years. Psychology majors 
should take Psychology 101-102 before the end of their sophomore years. 
Social Work majors should take Social Work 101 and Sociology 201 before 
the end of their sophomore years. Suggested course distributions and an- 
nual schedules are available in the department office. All students are urged 
to seek advisement from their program directors with regard to degree 
requirements and scheduling. 

Associate in Science in Mental Health Work 

I. Major Field Requirements (35 hours) 
All of the following: 

Mental Health Work 101, 102, 201, 202, 
203,204, and 205 

II. Related Fields (35 hours) 

A. Psychology 101, 303 or 305, 405, 406 

B. Sociology 201. 

C. Social Work 309, 320, or Sociology 365 

III. Core Curriculum Requirements (38 hours) 

A. Enlish 121, 122 

B. Biology 101, 102 

C. History 251 or 252* 

D. Mathematics 101 

E. Political Science 113* 

F. Physical Education - 3 credits 

197 



Bachelor of Arts in Psychology** 

I. Major Field Requirements (50 hours) 

A. All of the following: Psychology 102, 308, 312, 
410,411,412 

B. Two of the following: Psychology 307, 309, 319 

C. Two of the following: Psychology 303, 305, 311 

II. Related Fields (25 hours) 

A. Biology 101, 102, or approved technical 
sequence (10 hours) 

B. Foreign Language or Computer Programming (15 
hours or equivalent competence) 

C. Mathematics 220. 

III. Approved Electives (10 to 25 hours) 



Bachelor of Arts in Social Work** 

I. Major Field Requirements (50 hours) 

A. All of the following: Social Work 250, 303, 320, 
451-452 or 453, Sociology 350 or 360, Sociology 340*** 

B. Three of the following: Social Work 307 or Sociology 365* : 
Social Work 309 or 310, Social Work 406 or 410 

II. Related Fields (30 hours) 

A. Psychology 101 , 305 and Psychology 405 or 406 

B. Mental Health 102 

C. Sociology 315*** 

D. One of the following: Economics 201 ; Anthropology 201 ; 
Political Science 300, 304, 305; Psychology 303; 
Sociology 423 

III. Electives (20 hours) 



Bachelor of Arts in Psychology 
With Mental Health Work Specialization * * 

I. Psychology Courses (45 hours) 

A. Psychology 102 — Introduction to 
Psychological Research 
Psychology 308 — Learning & Motivation 
Psychology 312 — Measurement 
Psychology 405 — Behavior Disorders 
Psychology 406 — Behavior Modification 
Psychology 410 — History and Systems 
Psychology 41 1 (or 412) — Senior Seminar 

198 



B. Two of the following: 

Psychology 307 — Perception 

Psychology 309 — Physiological Psychology 

Psychology 319 — Animal Behavior 

II. Mental Health Courses (35 hours)** 

Mental Health Work 101— Mental Health Problems 
Mental Health Work 102 — Behavior Assessment 
Mental Health Work 201 — Behavior Change 
Mental Health Work 202 — Clinical Agencies 
Mental Health Work 203, 204, 205— Practicum 

III. Related Field Requirements (15 hours) 

Mathematics 220 
Approved Science Sequence 

IV. Electives (15 to 30 hours) 

Psychology 303, 305, or 311 
Sociology 201 

Social Work 309, 320, or Sociology 365 
Anthropology 201, 300 

Program for Secondary School Teachers 

of Social Science 

(Behavioral Sciences) 

Quarter Hours 

A. General Requirements 85 

1 . English 121 , 122, 221 and one course 
selected from: 

Art 200, 290, 291 ; Music 200; 

Philosophy 201; English 222 20 

2. Approved Mathematics Sequence and 

Mathematics 220 (Statistics) 15 

3. Biology 101, 102 10 

4. History 114*, 115* 10 

5. Political Science 113* 5 

6. Psychology 101, 102 10 

7. History 251* or 252* 5 

8. Additional Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

B. Courses in Major Field 40 

Psychology 303, 307, 308, 311, 312, 
410,411,412 

C. Supporting Work 20 

Anthropology 201 and Anthropology 300 or 450 10 

Sociology 201 and Sociology 350 or 450 10 

1QQ 



D. Electives (from the following) 5-10 

Social Work 320 

Psychology 405, 406 

E. Physical Education 6 

P.E. 103, 117 3 

Three courses selected from: 3 

P.E. 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 

200,201,203,205,206,207, 

208, 209 

F. Professional Sequence 35 

Education 203, 330, 440, 446, 447, 448; 
Psychology 301 



TOTAL 191-196 



"These courses may be exempted by examination with credits awarded. See "Academic 
Regulations" and "Degree Programs" sections. 

♦""Candidates for this degree should be familiar with general degree requirements as listed in 
the "Degree Programs" section. 

***Offered only at Savannah State College. 



Course Offerings 



ANTHROPOLOGY 

ANTHROPOLOGY 201— Man and His Culture. (5-0-5). Offered on 
Demand. 

An introduction to the study of man as a cultural animal, the develop- 
ment of human societies from preliterate beginnings, the rise of complex 
social organizations with an outline study of the major cultures developed 
by man. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 300— Paleoanthropology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: An- 
thropology 201 . Offered on Demand. 

A survey of the data that illuminates the evolution of man. The major 
prehuman and human species, their ecology and cultures, will be discussed. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 450— Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). By in- 
vitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

200 



MENTAL HEALTH WORK 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 101— Introduction to Mental Health 
Problems. (5-0-5). 

Survey of mental health facilities and institutions. Survey of history of 
mental health movement. Description of services provided, clients served, 
and administrative structure with emphasis on mental health agencies in 
Georgia. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 102— Foundations of Behavior 
Assessment. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. 

Objective observation is emphasized, accurate recording of behavioral 
observations; collection and use of interview data; introduction to case 
study methods; use of references in assessment. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 201— Foundations of Behavioral Change. 
(5-0-5). Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. 

Survey of theories of personality and behavior changing techniques 
arising from them. Emphasis on learning theory and environmental in- 
fluences. Introduction to research methodology. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 202— General Principles in Clinical Agen- 
cies. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: M.H.W. 101. 

Introduction to problems in establishing client-therapist relationships, in- 
terview techniques; introduction to problems of social, vocational and 
educational rehabilitation of ex-patients. 

MENTAL HEALTH WORK 203-204-205— Practicum. (5 hours credit 
each course.) Prerequisites: M.H.W. 101 and ten additional hours of credit 
in Mental Health Work or approval by the instructor. 

The student will work a minimum of 12 hours per week in a community 
agency for a period of three quarters under the supervision of a professional 
employed by the agency. The student will also attend a one hour seminar 
each week to discuss his agency experiences. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYCHOLOGY 101— General Psychology. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the science 
of behavior. Discussion and demonstrations assist in surveying all the areas 
of psychology. Psychology 101 is prerequisite to all other courses in the 
department. 

PSYCHOLOGY 102— Introduction to Psychological Research. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisite: Psychology 101 . Spring and Fall. 

An introduction to scientific methodololgy and its application to 
behavior analysis. Various techniques of data collection and the statistical 
analysis of such data are emphasized. 

201 



PSYCHOLOGY 301— Educational Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101 . Fall and Winter. 

The application of behavioral science to the problem of learning in the 
classroom. Primarily for teacher preparation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 303 — Social Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Fall. 

The study of the behavior of others as determinants of the behavior of the 
individual. The cultural milieu and group pressures will be examined in 
terms of their effect on behavior. 

PSYCHOLOGY 305— Developmental Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Winter and Spring. 

A study of the origin and development of psychological processes. The 
effects of maturational, learning, and social variables on human behavior 
are examined. 

PSYCHOLOGY 306— Psychology of the Sexes (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Offered on Demand. 

This course explores the behavioral differences of men and women, 
socio-cultural and environmental factors influencing behavior, female and 
male psychology including abnormal behavior patterns; and sexism in 
society's systems. Some attention will be given to the history of men's and 
women's roles in various segments of society. 

PSYCHOLOGY 307— Perception. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: Psychology 

101, 102. Fall. 

An experimental-theoretical approach to the nature of perception. 
Special attention is given to the psychophysical methods. 

PSYCHOLOGY 308— Learning and Motivation. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: 
Psychology 101, 102. Winter. 

An examination of the methodology and theory associated with the 
various forms of learning and their motivational concomitants. 

PSYCHOLOGY 309— Physiological Psychology. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: 
Psychology 101 and Biology 101, 102. Spring. 

Introduction to the biological bases of behavior. The structure and func- 
tion of the nervous system are studied and related to the behavior of 
humans and other organisms. 

PSYCHOLOGY 311— Theories of Personality. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

A study of selected personality theories with emphasis on normal 
behavior. Attention will be given to both experimental and clinical data. 
The determinants of personality structure and the development of per- 
sonality will be examined from divergent points of view. 

PSYCHOLOGY 312— Measurement. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Psychology 

102. Fall. 

An examination of the theory of measurement. Reliability and validity 
techniques are discussed, using current psychological tests as examples. 

202 



PSYCHOLOGY 319— Animal Behavior. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: 
Psychology 101, 102. Winter. 

A study of the adaptations and behaviors with which living organisms 
cope effectively with their environment. The laboratory will provide ex- 
perience in animal care, training, and experimentation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 320— Industrial Psychology. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

The applications of psychology to the problems of industry. Primarily for 
business majors. 

PSYCHOLOGY 405 — Behavior Disorders. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Winter. 

A study of deviant behavior, types of behavior disorders, and methods of 
behavior modification. Application of principles derived from basic 
research will be emphasized. 

PSYCHOLOGY 406— Behavior Modification. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: 
Psychology 101. Spring. 

A study of proven methods of generating behavioral change, their em- 
pirical foundations, and their applications in clinical, educational and 
social settings. 

PSYCHOLOGY 410— History of Psychology. (5-0-5). Open only to 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Fall. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism to modern 
behavioristics. Special attention is given to the philosophical basis at 
various times in the history of psychology. 

PSYCHOLOGY 411— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senior 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Winter. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected con- 
temporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to 
year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 412— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Open only to senior 
psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. Spring. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected con- 
temporary issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to 
year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 450— Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). Open only by 
invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students 
only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 



SOCIOLOGY 

SOCIOLOGY 201— Introductory Sociology. (5-0-5). Offered each quar- 
ter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods of the science of human 
group behavior. Includes the study of socialization, the role of the in- 
dividual in society, and the major institutions and processes. 



SOCIOLOGY 350— Social Problems. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 
201 . Winter and Spring. 

An examination of behavioral deviancy, normative strain, and dif- 
ferences between social ideals and social realities in the context of 
sociological theory. 

SOCIOLOGY 360— Urban Society. (5-0-5). Prerequisite: Sociology 201. 
Offered on Demand. 

A sociological examination of human ecology, norms, social control, and 
social processes (and their changing patterns) as they are seen in urban 
social life in both a historical and contemporary perspective. 

SOCIOLOGY 450— Independent Study. ((l-5)-0-(l-5)). By invitation of 
the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students only with! 
permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 



SOCIAL WORK 

The degree program in Social Work is offered jointly by Savannah State 
College and by Armstrong State College, with coordination of the program 
shifting on a regular basis from one campus to the other. Courses are of- 
fered on the Armstrong State College campus, the Savannah State College 
Campus, and at an Off-Campus Field Center. 



Course Offerings 

SOCIAL WORK 250— Introduction to Human Services. (5-0-5). Offered 
each quarter. 

A study of the origins and evolution of the American social welfare 
system, with emphasis on themes and patterns leading the present system 
and approach to services. 

SOCIAL WORK 303— Interviewing Methods and Techniques. (4-2-5). 
Prerequisites: Social Work 250 and Sociology 201 . Offered each quarter. 

A course designed to develop and sharpen interpersonal communication 
skills of the generalist social worker. The student must learn to use these 
skills in a variety of roles including information gatherer, emotional sup- 
porter, teacher, care-giver, broker of services, and crisis intervenor, etc. 

SOCIAL WORK 309— Group Process. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Sociology 
201 and Social Work 303. Offered each quarter. 

A course which utilizes the group experience periodically documented by 
tape recorder, video tape, and subjective perceptual comparison. It is 
designed to analyze behavior patterns, roles, and interactions which occur 
within a group and to develop self-awareness. Family and group treatment 
situations are role played and demonstated to relate group process to 
professional skills needed by the practitioner. Enrollment limited to stu- 
dents in the applied behavioral sciences. 

204 



SOCIAL WORK 310— Community Social Planning and Organization. 
(4-2-5). Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and Social Work 250. 

This course is a socio-political study of community development, power, 
leadership and change as it relates to basic human and social needs. The 
focus of this course is on the way a community identifies its needs, plans for 
its treatment and then implements programs. It covers strategies for 
delivery of services to the less fortunate urban citizens. The network of 
human services and agencies, whether public or private, is analyzed. 

SOCIAL WORK 312— Social Work in a Rural Setting. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisites: Social Work 303. 

This course examines rural area social structure, needs, and services. The 
course includes systematic study of values and norms; history and develop- 
ment, economic base, and potential resources. State and federal policy and 
funding are analyzed for impact for social services. The emphasis is placed 
upon the unique problems of people in rural areas and social work strategies 
to serve them. 

SOCIAL WORK 320— Ethnic Minorities. (5-0-5). Prerequisites: Social 
Work 250 or Sociology 201 . 

This course deals with the present and factual situation of minority 
groups in America. It will cover problems, causes, agencies, advocates, 
goals, and alternatives available to minority groups. Emphasis is on the 
Black American with proportionate attention given to the Chinese 
American, Chicano, native American and other sizeable minorities. 

SOCIAL WORK 370 — Community Service Learning Experience. (5 
hours credit). Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and Social 
Work 250, plus approval of instructor. 

This is an early opportunity for the student to experience approximately 8 
clock hours per week in a human service agency or setting. It is designed to 
help the student and social work faculty evaluate the student's interest and 
suitability to social work as a career. An oral exam by faculty and an agency 
professional is recommended for terminal evaluation. 

SOCIAL WORK 385— Social Policy and Administration. (5-0-5). 
Prerequisite: Social Work 303. 

This course is designed to help students understand the process of social 
change via bureaucratic structure and the corresponding need for ac- 
countability. Given the limitations of staff and funding, students will be 
taught systems of priority setting and methods of efficiency which will 
enhance effective and humane service to clients. 

SOCIAL WORK 406— Child Welfare. (4-2-5). Prerequisites: Social 
Work 250 and 303. 

This course reviews child development and behavior with an emphasis on 
the practical application of understanding the psycho-social, mental and 
physical development of children. The environmental and family situation 
is studied and related to the child's development or lack thereof. Actual 
work with children, identified as needing tutorial help, behavioral correc- 
tion, emotional support or environmental change, is expected of each 
student participating. The emphasis is on the disadvantaged child who is 
most subject to these problems. 

205 



SOCIAL WORK 410— Human Services to the Elderly. (5-0-5). Fall and 
Spring. Prerequisite: Social Work 303. 

A course designed for students going into public or private agencies ser- 
ving the elderly. Emphasis will be placed on the social, economic, and 
health needs of the elderly with attention to delivery systems that work. 
New knowledge, research, and actual projects will be studied where prac- 
ticable. 

SOCIAL WORK 430— Alcohol and Drug Studies. (5-0-5). Winter. 
Prerequisite: Social Work 303. 

A course focusing on the various forms of alcohol and drug use with an 
emphasis on the stages of harmful dependence and addiction. There will be 
an examination of the legal and social implications of addiction, as well as 
approaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOCIAL WORK 451-452— Field Experience. (Option 1). (7-8 credit 
hours respectively.) 

A student experience in the delivery of human services to increase his 
knowledge and ability under professional supervision. Each student will 
work in an agency setting the equivalent of 20 hours per week through exam 
week. There will be a weekly meeting with the Field Work Co-ordinator. 
For senior social work students only. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 453— Field Experience Block. (Option 2). (Taken as an 
alternative to Social Work 451-452.) (15 credit hours). 

A student experience in the delivery of human services to increase his 
knowledge and ability under professional supervision. Each student will 
work in an agency setting the equivalent of 40 hours per week through exam 
week. There will be a weekly meeting with the Field Work Co-ordinator. 
For senior social work students only. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 475— Senior Seminar. (5-0-5). Spring. 

Social work, as a human service profession, directs its attention to any 
social problem which is amenable to treatment and prevention. The seminar 
will be geared to recent changes in the structure, function, process, and 
goals of the human service delivery system and the underlying reasons for 
these changes. 

SOCIAL WORK 490— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Invitation of 
professor. 

Experiential based study of a selected social work topic. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of the College at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

SOCIAL WORK 491— Independent Study. (l-5)-0-(l-5). Invitation of 
professor. 

Research and experiential based study in social work topic of student in- 
terest or specialty. Open to transient students only with permission of the 
Dean of the College at Armstrong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

706 



SPANISH 
(See listing under Department of Languages and Literature.) 

SPECIAL EDUCATION (Speech Correction) 
(See listing under Department of Education.) 

SPEECH 

(See listing under Deparment of Languages and Literature.) 

ZOOLOGY 

(See listing under Department of Biology.) 




INDEX 

Academic Advisement 62 

Academic Regulations 62 

Academic Skills Laboratory 34, 100 

Accelerated Program, High School 42 

Accounting Concentration Requirements, B.B.A. Degree 114 

Administration, Officers 12 

Admissions 37 

Advanced Placement 39 

Alumni Office 81 

Anthropology Courses 200 

Application Form 37 

Application Requirements 38 

Armstrong Summer Theatre 82 

Art Courses 150 

Associate in Arts 96 

Astronomy Course 127 

Athletics 82 

Attendance Regulations 66 

Auditing 69 

Bachelor of Arts Requirements 88 

Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 92 

Bachelor of Music Education Degree 94 

Bachelor of Science in Education Degree, 

Mathematics and Physical Education 93, 180, 192 

Bachelor of Science Requirements 88 

Biology Courses 104 

Biology Department 102 

Biology Requirements 102 

Botany Courses 106 

Business Administration Courses 116 

Business Education, Program for Teachers 109 

Business Education Courses, See Secretarial Studies 

Calendar, Academic 7 

Chemistry Courses 125 

Chemistry Degree Requirements 123 

Chemistry and Physics Department 123 

Clubs 79 

College and Community Services, Office of 32 

Commission, Armstrong State College 27 

Comparative Literature Courses 171 

Computer Science, Courses in 184 

Computer Science, Degree Program in 179 

Computer Services, Office of 34 

Conditional Admission 39 

Conduct 79 

Continuing Education Students 41 

208 



Core Curriculum, University System 83 

Counseling Services 77 

Course Load 64 

Course Offerings, Index 99 

Credit by Examination 39 

Criminal Justice, A.S. and B.S. degrees 95 

Criminal Justice Courses 131 

Criminal Justice Department 129 

Dean's List 66 

Degree Requirements, Regulations 62 

Degrees Offered 3 1 , 97 

Dental Hygiene, A.S. Degree 51, 94, 136 

Dental Hygiene Courses 136 

Dental Hygiene Department 135 

Dental Hygiene Education, B.S. Degree 138 

Dental Hygiene Services 81 

Dentistry, B.S. Degree Program in 31 

Development, Office of 33 

Diagnostic Tests, English and Mathematics 87 

Dropping Courses 68 

Dual-Degree Programs, Georgia Tech 30 

Early Admission Program 43 

Economics, B.A. Degree Program 92 

Economics Concentration Requirements, BBA Degree 114 

Education Courses 142 

Education Degree Requirements 140 

Education Department 140 

English Courses 172 

English Degree Requirements 168 

Entomology Course 106 

Evening Classes 32 

Exemption Examinations 39, 63 

Exit Examinations 70 

Faculty 15 

Fees 54 

Finance Concentration Requirements, BBA Degree 115 

Financial Aid 57 

Fine Arts Department 148 

Foreign Students 43 

French Courses 1 76 

French Degree Requirements 169 

Geography Course 164 

Geology Course 128 

German Courses 177 

Government Benefits 61 

Graduate Degrees 32 

Graduate Program 32 

Heads of Departments 12 

Health 81 

209 



Health Course 194 

History of College 29 

History Courses 160 

History Degree Requirements 156 

History and Political Science Department 155 

Honor System 70 

Honors 66 

Housing 81 

Information Systems, Concentration Requirements, BBA Degree 115 

Intern Programs 32 

Intramurals 82 

Joint Enrollment Program 43 

Journalism Course 176 

Languages and Literature Department 167 

Library 35 

Library Science Courses 145 

Management Concentration Requirements, BBA Degree 115 

Marine Officer Programs 35 

Mathematics Major Requirements 179 

Mathematics Courses 181 

Mathematics and Computer Science Department 178 

Medical Technology 93 

Medicine, B.S. Degree Program in 31 

Mental Health Work, Associate Degree . 95 

Mental Health Work, Courses 201 

Music Courses 151 

Music Degree Requirements 148 

Neighborhood Continuing Education Center 33 

NROTC Program 35 

Nursing, A. A. Degree 46, 94, 188 

Nursing,B.S. degree in 49, 94, 190 

Nursing Courses 188, 190 

Nursing Degree Requirements 188, 190 

Nursing Department 187 

Oceanography Course 128 

Organizations 79 

Orientation 78 

Out of State Tuition 54 

Philosophy Courses 175 

Physical Education Courses 193 

Physical Education, Degree Requirements 192 

Physical Education Department 192 

Physical Education Requirements, All Students 66 

Physical Science Courses 127 

Physics Courses 128 

Placement, Office of 79 

Political Science Courses 164 

Political Science Degree Requirements 156 

210 



Pre-Professional Programs 30 

Probation and Dismissal 67 

Psychology Courses 201 

Psychology Degree Requirements : 198 

Psychology and Sociology Department 197 

Publications 81 

Purpose of College 29 

Reading Courses 101 

Readmission of Former Students 42 

Refund of Fees 56 

Regents Examination 69 

Regents, University System 11 

Regents, Staff 11 

Registration .• 45 

Repeating Courses 68 

Reports and Grades 65 

Residency Requirements 45 

Scholarships 60 

Secretarial Studies 92 

Short Courses, Fees 56 

Social Work Courses 204 

Social Work Degree 93 

Sociology Courses 203 

Spanish Courses 178 

Special Education (Speech Correction) Courses i. 146 

Speech Correction, Program in 141 

Speech Courses 174 

Staff, Administrative 13 

State Requirements, History and Government 88 

Student Activity Fee 54 

Student Conduct 79 

Student Exchange Program, Savannah State College 34 

Student Government 80 

Student Services and Activities 77 

Student Teaching 91 

Teacher Education, Requirements 88 

Testing Services 78 

Two-year Degrees 31, 98 

Transfer Applicants, Requirements 40 

Transient Students 42 

Veterans 44, 77 

Vocational Rehabilitation 45, 61 

Withdrawal 69 

Zoology Courses 106 



211 



Cost $10,580 
Quantity 10,000 



1. 


Administration Building 


2. 


Victor Hall 


3. 


Gamble Hall 


4. 


Science Hall 


5. 


Solms Hall 


6. 


Jenkins Hall 


7. 


Student Services 


8. 


Memorial College Center 


9. 


Lane Library 


10. 


Fine Arts Building 


11. 


Health Professions Education Center 




(approved for construction) 


12. 


Maintenance Building 


13. 


Gymnasium and Pool 


14. 


Parking Area 


15. 


Tennis Courts 


16. 


Baseball and Intramural Field 




gfc^ Jng] &Tlfr~;fcr3fe~^~58^ ^^^ 



ABERCORN 



STR E E T 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE CAMPUS